Service

Repair Manual
A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool
Engine ID
CYM
C
Edition 05.03.2016

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
ST - Generic Scan Tool

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Contents

ST - Generic Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 On Board Diagnostic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Evaporative Emission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4 Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.5 Engine Control Module (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.6 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.7 Controller Area Network (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.8 Fuel Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.9 Ignition and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.10 Variable Valve Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.11 Exhaust-Gas Recirculation (EGR) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.12 Secondary Air Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.13 Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3 Diagnosis and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1 Preliminary Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2 Readiness Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4 Engine DTC Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.5 Transmission DTC Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
3.6 Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Contents i
 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

ii Contents
 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

ST – Generic Scan Tool

1 General Information
(Edition 05.03.2016 )
Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual
is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Rela‐
ted DTCs. The DTC table contains DTC Malfunction Criteria,
Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions,
Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumi‐
nation information which can be used to accurately monitor and
diagnose emissions related faults and perform functions required
to run Modes 01 through 0A (if applicable) with a hand held scan
tool.
This manual also contains the step by step procedures to accu‐
rately diagnose and repair a component or system once a DTC
has been set. References to repair procedures and wiring dia‐
grams can be found within the diagnostic test procedures.
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3

1. General Information 1
 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

1.1 Safety Precautions

Check for Technical Bulletins that may supersede any information
included in this manual.

WARNING

Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury

or possible death.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information, cautions and
warnings that may supersede or supplement any information
included in this manual.
When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention
to driving conditions and observe and obey all posted speed
limits.
Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and
operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment
is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could
be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of
the passenger-side airbag.
The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the fuel
system, place rags around the connection area. Then release
pressure by carefully loosening the connection.
The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure
pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on en‐
gine or fuel injection system, fuel pressure must be relieved to
residual pressure before opening high pressure components.
Refer to the Service Manual for the proper procedure.
If the battery has not been disconnected, the fuel pump fuse
must be removed before opening the fuel supply system as the
fuel pump may be activated by the driver's door contact switch.
Testing of the EVAP and ORVR systems can result in the es‐
cape of explosive fuel vapor. Do not smoke while testing the
EVAP system, and make sure the area you are working in is
well ventilated.
Observe the following for all procedures, especially in the en‐
gine compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot com‐
ponents.
♦ Do not touch or disconnect the Ignition Coils, ignition
wires, connecting parts or adapter cables when the igni‐
tion is on or the engine is running or turning at starting
RPM.
♦ Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ig‐
nition system, including test leads, when the ignition is
turned off.
When removing and installing components from full or partially
full fuel tanks, observe the following:
♦ The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can
remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work
description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary.

2 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction sys‐

tem and place an extraction hose close to the installation
opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If
no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as
long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater
than 15 m3/h can be used.
♦ Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant
gloves!
When servicing the engine control module (ECM), it may be
necessary to use a heat gun. The heat gun, shear bolts, and
parts of the protective housing will become extremely hot. Use
extreme caution when working with or handling these parts to
avoid personal injury.
Observe operating instructions when working with a heat gun.
To prevent damage (burning) to the wiring and harness con‐
nections, insulation and the electronic components, perform
outlined work steps exactly!
The cooling system is under pressure. To avoid scalding, use
caution when opening the cooling system and servicing cooling
system components!

Caution

The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the

ignition switched off. Otherwise, the engine control module
(ECM) can be damaged.
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials
to back-probe harness connectors is strictly prohibited and
may cause damage to the harness connectors, terminal ends
or to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or
an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all har‐
ness connectors.
Do not use sealants containing silicone. Particles of silicone
drawn into the engine, will not be burned in the engine and will
damage the oxygen sensors.
Secure all hose connections with the correct hose clips (the
same as original equipment).
If engine is to be cranked without starting (for example; as part
of a compression test), remove the fuses for the voltage supply
of ignition coils and the fuel injectors.
An electrostatic charge can lead to functional problems of elec‐
trical components of the engine, transmission and selector
lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe
or a hoist, before working on electrical components.
Do not make direct contact with harness connector terminals.
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated harness connector terminals.

1.2 Clean Working Conditions

Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel
injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection sys‐
tem, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness:
♦ Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area
before disconnecting.

1. General Information 3
 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-

free cloths.
♦ Carefully cover opened components or seal, if repairs are not
performed immediately.
♦ When the system is open, do not work with compressed air.
Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
♦ Install clean components: Remove the parts being replaced
immediately prior to installation of the new parts. Do not use
parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
♦ Electrical connectors that have been disconnected: Protect
from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are clean and
dry when reconnecting.

4 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

2 Description and Operation

♦ ⇒ “2.1 On Board Diagnostic Systems”, page 5
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Evaporative Emission System”, page 5
♦ ⇒ “2.3 Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) System”, page 7
♦ ⇒ “2.4 Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp”,
page 7
♦ ⇒ “2.5 Engine Control Module (ECM)”, page 8
♦ ⇒ “2.6 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)”, page 8
♦ ⇒ “2.7 Controller Area Network (CAN)”, page 8
♦ ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Supply”, page 9
♦ ⇒ “2.9 Ignition and Timing”, page 10
♦ ⇒ “2.10 Variable Valve Timing”, page 11
♦ ⇒ “2.11 Exhaust-Gas Recirculation (EGR) System”,
page 11
♦ ⇒ “2.12 Secondary Air Injection”, page 11
♦ ⇒ “2.13 Exhaust Systems”, page 11

2.1 On Board Diagnostic Systems

On Board Diagnostics, or OBD, is an automotive term referring to
a vehicle's self-diagnostic and reporting capability. OBD systems
give the vehicle owner or repair technician access to the status
of the various vehicle sub-systems. Modern OBD implementa‐
tions use a standardized digital communications port to provide
real-time data in addition to a standardized series of Diagnostic
Trouble Codes (DTCs) which allow one to rapidly identify and
remedy malfunctions within the vehicle. Legislation mandates a
vehicle equipped with OBD-II to light up the fault indicator lamp if
its emissions exceed the prevailing limit due to system malfunc‐
tion.
All cars built since January 1st, 1996 (MY 1996) are equipped
OBD-II systems. Manufacturers started incorporating OBD-II in
various models as early as 1994; however, some early OBD-II
cars (MY 1994 and MY 1995) were not 100% compliant.

2.2 Evaporative Emission System

The evaporative emission system has been designed to minimize
the release of hydrocarbons from the fuel system into the atmos‐
phere. The evaporative emission system components all work
together with the ECM to prevent fuel vapor from escaping and
route it to the intake manifold to be burned during normal com‐
bustion.
The leak detection system checks the integrity of the evaporative
emission system by pressurizing the system.
♦ There are 3 different types of evaporative emission systems
used. These systems are explained below.
♦ ⇒ “2.2.1 Leak Detection Pump (LDP) EVAP System”,
page 6
♦ ⇒ “2.2.2 Tank Leak Diagnostic Module (DM - TL) EVAP Sys‐
tem”, page 6
♦ ⇒ “2.2.3 Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD) EVAP Sys‐
tem”, page 6
♦ ⇒ “2.2.4 EVAP System, Checking For Leaks”, page 6

2. Description and Operation 5

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

2.2.1 Leak Detection Pump (LDP) EVAP Sys‐

tem
The leak detection pump (LDP) is integrated into the EVAP sys‐
tem and can have two functions. The LDP can:
♦ Pressurize the EVAP system and detect a drop in pressure
that would indicate a leak.
♦ Function as the EVAP Canister Vent on vehicles that do not
have a separate EVAP Canister Vent.
The LDP is a vacuum-driven, ECM controlled, diaphragm pump.
In order to operate, the engine must be running and vacuum ap‐
plied to the Vacuum Switch.

2.2.2 Tank Leak Diagnostic Module (DM - TL)

EVAP System
The canister purge valve can be actively checked using the Tank
Leak Diagnostic Module (DM - TL). For this purpose the electric
pump is shortly activated while the combustion engine is running,
to build up a minor pressure in the fuel tank and monitor the pres‐
sure decay after opening the canister purge valve. Optionally as
a quick pass method, the monitoring can be carried out by pas‐
sively monitoring the fuel mixture deviation when the canister
purge valve is opened. If a significant fuel mixture deviation is
detected, the purge valve monitor passes. The Tank Leak Diag‐
nostic Module (DM - TL) consists of an electrically operated air
pump, an orifice with a defined diameter serving as a reference
leak, and a change-over valve switching the air flow between the
reference leak and the tank. If neither the pump nor the change-
over valve is activated, the tank is ventilated through a bypass in
the module.

2.2.3 Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD)

EVAP System
The system utilizes an engine-off natural vacuum evaporative
system integrity check that tests for leaks with a diameter of 0.020
inch while the engine is off and the ignition is off. The natural vac‐
uum leak detection (NVLD) evaporative system integrity check
uses a pressure switch to detect evaporative system leaks. The
correlation between the pressure and the temperature in a sealed
system is used to generate a vacuum in the tank when the tem‐
perature drops. If a sufficient temperature drop is detected for a
minimum time period, the vacuum level in a sealed system will
exceed the threshold to close the NVLD pressure switch. There‐
fore, if the switch does not close under these conditions, a leak is
detected. If the switch closes, the system is considered to be leak-
free.

2.2.4 EVAP System, Checking For Leaks

The following procedure is used to diagnose EVAP System leaks.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Smoke tester.
♦ EVAP and Fuel Supply System Vacuum hose and line routing
diagram.
Leak checking
– Using a Smoke tester, check the Evaporative Emission
(EVAP) canister system for leaks.
– Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper in‐
stallation and operation of the smoke tester being used.

6 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

If a leak is detected:
– Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper instal‐
lation. Replace if necessary.
– Check all hose connections of the fuel supply system and re‐
place or repair any leaking lines.
– Check all hose connections of the EVAP system and replace
or repair any leaking lines.
– Check that the seal under the locking flange is properly tight‐
ened on the fuel tank.
– Secure all hose connections using appropriate fittings for the
model type.
– Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
– Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found in the EVAP system:
– Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory ”,
page 21 .
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return:
Diagnosis complete. Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
If the same DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP
system:
– Check for any related TSB's.
– Perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected com‐
ponent.

2.3 Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Sys‐

tem
The electronic throttle control (ETC) system consists of the ac‐
celerator-pedal module, the engine control module (ECM), and
the electronic throttle body. The electronic throttle body mainly
consists of the throttle valve, the electric throttle-valve drive ele‐
ment, and the throttle-valve position sensor (TPS). The drive
element is a DC servomotor, which acts on the throttle-valve shaft
via a gear unit. The throttle-valve position sensor is a redundant
sensor system that detects the position of the throttle valve. The
sensors have opposite resistance curves so that the ECM can
always cross check the signals to ensure the correct position of
the throttle valve is always known.
The driver command is detected by a redundant sensor system
in the accelerator-pedal module, and the signal is sent to the en‐
gine control module. The engine control module then determines
the required throttle-valve position by performing calculations
from data measured by sensors such as accelerator pedal posi‐
tion sensor, engine speed sensor and vehicle speed sensor. The
actual throttle opening can be more or less in proportion to ac‐
celerator pedal position given different engine operating points.

2.4 Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warn‐

ing Lamp
When the ignition is switched on, the engine control module
(ECM) checks the electronic throttle control system for static sys‐
tem integrity (e.g. circuit integrity, communications, etc); the elec‐
tronic power control (EPC) warning light is turned on via the
Instrument Cluster during this process. Shortly after engine start,

2. Description and Operation 7

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

the EPC warning light is turned off if no malfunction in the elec‐

tronic throttle control system is detected. In the event of a mal‐
function while the engine is running, the ECM will activate the
EPC warning light via the Instrument Cluster and at the same
time, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is stored in the ECM
memory.

2.5 Engine Control Module (ECM)

The Engine Control Module (ECM) is a generic term for any em‐
bedded system that controls one or more of the electrical systems
or subsystems in a vehicle. It controls a series of actuators on an
internal combustion engine to ensure that driver commands (e.g.
to accelerate) are translated into appropriate engine perform‐
ance. It reads values from a multitude of sensors, interprets the
data, and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly. The ECM also
interacts with the transmission control module (TCM), ABS/trac‐
tion/stability control module and other vehicle function related
control systems.
ECM controlled systems and functions (performance and emis‐
sion related) will be introduced in the following chapters. These
include the OBD system, controller area network (CAN), throttle
control module, fuel supply, ignition, variable valve timing, ex‐
haust-gas recirculation, secondary air injection, exhaust system,
and EVAP system.

2.6 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

When the ignition is switched on, the Engine Control Module
(ECM) performs checks on static system integrity (e.g. circuit in‐
tegrity, communications, etc). The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) is switched on during this process via the Instrument Clus‐
ter. After engine starts, the ECM examines engine operation for
potential malfunction(s) or failure(s) that can lead to increased
emission values. If no malfunction is detected, the ECM switches
off the MIL via the Instrument Cluster.
In the event of a malfunction during the operation of the engine,
the ECM will activate the MIL via the instrument cluster and at the
same time, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is stored in the ECM
memory. In OBD systems, the MIL can have up to three stages:
steady, flashing and Stop Vehicle. A steady MIL indicates a minor
fault (e.g. a failing oxygen sensor) whereas a flashing MIL indi‐
cates a more severe malfunction that could result in damage of
engine or exhaust system components (e.g. the catalytic con‐
verter) if left uncorrected for an extended period. This would also
indicate a severe fault. The three stages are 1. ON, then OFF; 2.
ON steady; 3. flashing constantly. The 3rd stage indicates dam‐
age may occur and driver must stop.

2.7 Controller Area Network (CAN)

Overview
The Controller Area Network (CAN) bus is a message-based pro‐
tocol that allows control units and devices to communicate with
each other using a shared network. With this system, control units
of the various electronic systems are no longer interconnected by
multiple separate cables. This does away with a large number of
electrical connections and results in a reduced likelihood of failure
of the device network.
Broadcast Communication
Each of the devices on the network has a CAN circuit and is
therefore is considered “intelligent”. All devices on the network
see all transmitted messages. Each device can determine if a
message is relevant or if it should be filtered out. This structure
allows modifications to CAN networks with minimal impact. Addi‐

8 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

tional non-transmitting nodes can be added without modification

to the network.
Priority
Every message has an assigned priority. If two nodes try to send
messages simultaneously, the one with the higher priority gets
transmitted and the one with the lower priority gets postponed.
This arbitration does not affect other messages and results in
non-interrupted transmission of the highest priority message

2.8 Fuel Supply

Overview
The fuel supply system delivers fuel to an internal combustion
engine. With carburetors being replaced by fuel injections sys‐
tems in the late 1980s and 1990s, the most common types of fuel
supply system currently in use are throttle body injection (single-
point injection), multiport injection (MPI) and direct injection (DI).
Fuel injectors atomize fuel because high pressure is forcing the
fuel through a small nozzle in the injector into the intake air stream
or the combustion chamber. This process is often controlled by
the ECM and is dependent on data received from other sources
(e.g. mass air flow sensor, throttle position sensor, etc.) to deter‐
mine the precise amount of fuel needed for any given operating
condition. The primary advantages of fuel injection over carbu‐
retor are improved fuel economy, increased power output and
reduced emissions. The following sections will discuss each fuel
injection concept in detail.
Throttle Body Injection
Throttle body injection uses a single electrically controlled injector
at the throttle body. The fuel is drawn by an electric fuel pump out
of the fuel tank and flows through a paper filter into the fuel injec‐
tor. Since injection happens at the same location as the carbu‐
retor, very little engine redesign (intake manifold, fuel line routing,
etc.) is necessary. The cost saving of throttle body injection com‐
pared to other fuel injection methods encouraged vast adoption
in the late 1980s and early 1990s.
Throttle body injection system also inherits many disadvantages
of the carburetor. One of them being the inability to precisely con‐
trol the amount of fuel supplied into each cylinder, and is unable
to precisely control combustion and emissions. It also restricts the
design of intake manifold as any sharp bends in the intake path
will cause atomized fuel to accumulate on the outer wall of the
intake path. Supplying moderate engine heat to the intake mani‐
fold is also necessary to ensure that the fuel stay vaporized. This
results in a relatively high intake air temperature and compromi‐
ses performance.
Multiport Injection (MPI)
Multiport injection (MPI) consists of an injector for each cylinder
just upstream of the intake valve. The fuel pump delivers the fuel
into a high-pressure line where it flows to the fuel rail and injectors.
When activated by the ECM, each injector sprays fuel at the in‐
take port of its corresponding cylinder – this allows individual
cylinders to receive the right amount of fuel in a more precisely
timed manner. Sequential fuel injection mode can be applied to
activate each injector individually to improve engine response.
Lowered fuel consumption and emissions are also achieved.
Sequential multiport injection is still the most common fuel injec‐
tion system found on most economy cars thanks to its high
efficiency, control simplicity and low manufacturing cost (com‐
pared to direct injection). However, to further improve drivability
(performance) while reducing emissions and fuel consumption,
direct injection becomes a superior alternative.

2. Description and Operation 9

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Direct Injection
Injectors in directly injected (DI) engines are mounted on the cyl‐
inder head and fuel is injected directly into the engine’s combus‐
tion chamber. In order to overcome the pressure in the
combustion chamber during compression and power stroke, in‐
jectors often operate at a primary pressure as high as 3000 psi.
At such extreme pressure level, no single fuel pump can supply
the required pressure directly from the fuel tank to the injectors.
Instead, a low-pressure and a high-pressure system are em‐
ployed. The low-pressure system principally utilizes the same fuel
systems and components for multiport injected engines. The
high-pressure system consists of a high-pressure fuel pump driv‐
en directly by the camshaft, a fuel rail (high-pressure accumula‐
tor), a high-pressure sensor and, depending on the system, a
pressure-control valve or a pressure limiter. The injectors are op‐
erated by the ECM to send a precise amount of fuel from the high-
pressure rail directly into the combustion chamber.
The distinctive difference between direct injection and other in‐
jection methods is that direct injection offers the flexibility regard‐
ing when in the combustion cycle the fuel is added and how. MPI
systems can only add fuel during induction; A DI system can add
fuel whenever it needs to. For example, fuel can be added during
induction to create a homogeneous charge then added again after
ignition to enhance power delivery under full load conditions.
VW/Audi Fuel Stratified Injection (FSI)
The goal of a stratified-charge operation is to form an ignitable
mixture near the spark plug at the instant of ignition. This means
that, instead of supplying the corresponding stoichiometric fuel
quantity to the amount of air in the combustion chamber, the fuel
interacts only with a portion of the air before it is conveyed to the
spark plug. The rest of the fresh air surrounds the stratified charge
allowing an ultra-lean condition with air-fuel ratio exceeding 50:1
in some instances. As less fuel is used to “burn” more air, stratified
injection helps to further reduce fuel consumption when the en‐
gine is operating in low-load conditions (e.g. highway cruising).
This is created by designing the combustion chamber so that a
“swirling” effect of the air-fuel charge is caused.

2.9 Ignition and Timing

Ignition
A spark ignition (SI) engine requires a spark to initiate combustion
in the combustion chamber. Voltage is supplied to the spark plug
where the electricity will arc across a gap at a voltage as high as
100 kilovolts. The ECM determines the precise moment to fire
each spark plug using ignition logic which is pre-programmed into
the ECM as a function of engine speed and load. An optimally
calibrated ignition system ensures consistent and reliable ignition
under all conditions. Knock or misfire as a result of incorrect ig‐
nition can lead to destruction of engine components or damage
of the catalytic converter.
Timing
Shifts in the moment of ignition (ignition timing) can result in in‐
creased emissions, decreased performance and fuel economy.
Whereas more spark advance improves power and fuel economy,
it also raises HC and NOx emissions. Excessive spark advance
can cause engine knock which is potentially destructive to en‐
gines. If the ECM detects knock from a signal sent by a knock
sensor, it will delay (retard) the timing of the spark. Excessive
spark retard lowers power output and produces high exhaust
temperatures, which can also harm the engine. Carefully de‐
signed ignition logic provides optimum timing that best balances
performance, fuel economy and emissions.

10 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

2.10 Variable Valve Timing

Engines equipped with variable valve timing provide the option of
adjusting the phase of the camshaft with respect to the crank‐
shaft. This allows the ECM to control the time at which the valves
open or close, and therefore better assists engine “breathing” at
various engine speeds. When engine speed increases, the dura‐
tion of intake and exhaust stroke shortens so that less fresh air
can be drawn into the combustion chamber and less exhaust gas
can escape. In such a scenario, the ECM opens the intake valve
before the exhaust gas has completely left the combustion cham‐
ber, and their considerable velocity assists in drawing in the fresh
charge – this is referred to as “valve overlap”.
In addition to valve timing, some engines also employ variable
valve lift that switches to a more aggressive camshaft-lobe profile
as engine speed increases. A more aggressive camshaft-lobe
profile actuates valves more rapidly and lifts valves to a greater
magnitude in comparison to a normal camshaft-lobe profile. This
improves intake and exhaust flow rate, allowing engines to raise
maximum operating speed and power output.

2.11 Exhaust-Gas Recirculation (EGR) Sys‐

tem
Exhaust-Gas Recirculation (EGR) can be utilized to control the
cylinder charge and therefore the combustion process. The ex‐
haust gas that is recirculated to the intake manifold increases the
proportion of inert gas in the fresh gas filling; this results in a re‐
duction in the peak combustion temperature and, in turn, a drop
in temperature-dependent NOx emission.
Exhaust-gas recirculation is made possible by a connection be‐
tween the exhaust pipe and the intake manifold. Due to the
pressure differential, the intake manifold can draw in exhaust gas
via this connection. Together with the exhaust-gas recirculation
valve, the ECM adjusts the opening cross-section and therefore
controls the partial flow tapped from the main exhaust flow. A
malfunction in exhaust-gas recirculation system can result in per‐
formance loss and increased emissions. In such a scenario, the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) lights up and a Diagnostic Trou‐
ble Code (DTC) is stored in the ECM memory.

2.12 Secondary Air Injection

Additionally injecting air into the exhaust pipe triggers an exo‐
thermic (release of heat) reaction. This leads to the combustion
of HC and CO components that prevail mainly during the warm
up phase. This oxidation process releases additional heat. Con‐
sequently, the exhaust gas becomes hotter, causing the catalytic
converter to heat up at a faster rate. For spark-ignition engines,
secondary-air injection is an effective means of reducing HC and
CO emissions after starting the engine and to rapidly heat up the
catalytic converter. This ensures that the conversion of NOx emis‐
sions commences earlier.
An electronically controlled valve operates the secondary-air
valve (a one-way check valve). The ECM actuates the pump and
the control valve, ensuring that secondary air can be injected at
a defined point in time. The secondary air must also be injected
as close to the outlet valve as possible in order to exploit the high
temperatures to utilize the exothermic (release of heat) reaction
effectively.

2.13 Exhaust Systems

Overview
There are three important functions of the exhaust system: to re‐
duce the pollutants in exhaust gas, muffle engine combustion
noise and to discharge exhaust gas at a convenient location on

2. Description and Operation 11

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

the vehicle (often underneath the rear bumper). A passenger-car

exhaust system consists of the following; exhaust manifold, ex‐
haust treatment components, sound absorption components and
the system of pipes connecting these components.
Exhaust Manifold
The manifold is an important component in the exhaust system.
It routes the exhaust gas out of the cylinder outlet ports into the
subsequent exhaust system. The geometry of the manifold (i.e.
length and cross-section of the individual pipes) has an impact on
the performance characteristics, the acoustic behavior of the ex‐
haust system, and the exhaust temperature. In some cases, the
manifold is insulated with an air gap to quickly reach high exhaust
temperature and to shorten the time taken by the catalytic con‐
verter to reach its operating temperature.
Emission Control
The primary emission control component is the catalytic convert‐
er, which breaks down the gaseous pollutants in the exhaust gas
(CO, HC and NOx). Catalytic converters are installed as close as
possible to the engine so that they can quickly reach their oper‐
ating temperature and therefore be effective in urban driving. It
also bears a sound-absorbing function, especially to the higher
frequency portion of the engine combustion noise.
Sound Absorption
Mufflers dampen or absorb the noise produced by engine com‐
bustion. In principle, they can be installed at any position in the
exhaust system. However, they are mostly located in the middle
and rear sections of the exhaust system. Depending on the num‐
ber of cylinders and engine output, generally 1 to 3 mufflers are
used in an exhaust system. In V-engines, the left and right cylin‐
der banks are often run separately, each being fitted with its own
catalytic converters and mufflers. Although the aim of mufflers is
to reduce noise in compliance with legislations, they can also help
to create the sound specific to the type of vehicle.

12 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

3 Diagnosis and Testing

♦ ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13
♦ ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14
♦ ⇒ “3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A”, page 16
♦ ⇒ “3.4 Engine DTC Tables”, page 42
♦ ⇒ “3.5 Transmission DTC Tables”, page 229
♦ ⇒ “3.6 Diagnostic Procedures”, page 288

3.1 Preliminary Check

Note

♦ Before performing any pin point test or component diagnosis,

a Preliminary Check must be performed.
♦ Check for Technical Bulletins that may supersede any infor‐
mation included in the repair manual or GST Manual.

♦ For Electrical Testing: Refer to ⇒ page 13 .

♦ For Fuel System Mechanical Testing: Refer to ⇒ page 14 .
♦ For Oxygen Sensor Preliminary Tests: Refer to ⇒ page 14 .
Electrical Testing
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 13 .
• IGNITION: ON.
– NO:
• CHECK: For stored or related DTCs. ♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 13 .
– Were any other DTCs stored?
2 • Repair these DTCs first before performing any ♦ GO TO: Proper Diagnostic procedure per the
of the following steps. stored DTC. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Engine DTC Tables”, page 42 .

3 • Using the Scan Tool, erase the DTC memory. – YES:

Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 13 .
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 . – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 13 .
• Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the
customers complaint.
– Does DTC return?
4 • Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC. ♦ GO TO: Proper Diagnostic procedure per the
stored DTC. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Engine DTC Tables”, page 42 .

5 • FAULT: Intermittent or a sporadic condition. ♦ Perform a road test to verify the repair.
• CHECK: Suspected components. ♦ Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
• PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
components.
• CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 13

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Fuel System Mechanical Testing

Check the following items for possible mechanical delivery defi‐
ciency:
• Fuel level in tank is too low.
• Fuel lines pinched.
• Fuel filter plugged.
• Fuel pump delivery unit internal leak.
• Clogged injectors.
• Poor fuel quantity delivery. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
Oxygen Sensor Preliminary Tests
Check for the following conditions which can cause Oxygen Sen‐
sor Faults to set without requiring Oxygen Sensor replacement:
Common issues for lean faults:
♦ Vacuum leaks - check for failed or loose vacuum lines, leaking
intake gaskets, or any other source of un-metered air leaks
(leaks after the Mass Air Flow Sensor).
♦ Restricted fuel filter or bent/pinched fuel system lines.
♦ Incorrect input from other sensors, such as the Mass Air Flow
Sensor, which may not always set a fault.
♦ Engine misfire.
♦ Exhaust leaks.
♦ Camshaft timing.
Common issues for rich faults:
♦ Leaking or faulty fuel injector.
♦ Fuel injector driver shorted in ECM, or wiring short for injectors
(short to ground).
♦ Leaking or faulty fuel pressure regulator or restricted return
line.
♦ Faulty fuel pump or fuel pump driver module.
♦ Incorrect input from other sensors, such as the Mass Air Flow
Sensor, which may not always set a fault.
♦ Aftermarket components or performance chips.
♦ Camshaft timing.

3.2 Readiness Code

Caution

When performing the Readiness drive cycle operation, pay

strict attention to driving conditions and observe and obey all
posted speed limits.

Readiness code description

Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal ve‐
hicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a
readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.

14 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be

stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held
diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction manual for
correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is
erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC mem‐
ory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new read‐
iness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a “steady-
foot” and “smooth” acceleration during the drive cycle operation.
Operating conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the am‐
bient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a
difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air
temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive
cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in
the winter).

Note

Do not assume that the scan tool ID and engine code are correct
if the scan tool communicates. The scan tool does not use the ID
to establish communication—the units are automatically identi‐
fied.

Test requirements
• NO DTC in memory.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Necessary driving speed: 50 – 70 mph.
• Drive profile takes approximately 60 – 90 min.
Readiness Drive Cycle Procedure
– CONNECT: Scan Tool.
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 Activate Monitors: ♦ Monitoring Active.
• START: Engine and idle for 2 – 3 min.
♦ Executes Misfire Monitoring.

2 O2 Sensor Monitoring: ♦ Executes O2 Sensor Monitoring.

• DRIVE: Vehicle at 45 – 55 mph for a continu‐
ous 7 minute period. Avoid stopping. ♦ Executes Fuel Trim Monitoring.
♦ Executes EVAP Monitoring.

3 Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring: ♦ Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring Ready.

• ACCELERATE: Vehicle to an engine speed of
5,000 RPM; lift off the throttle until the engine
speed is around 1,200 RPM.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 15

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 Catalyst Monitoring: ♦ Executes Catalyst Monitoring.
• ACCELERATE: Vehicle smoothly to 60 – 65
mph, cruise at a constant speed for 5 min. ♦ Executes O2 Sensor Monitoring.
♦ Executes Fuel Trim Monitoring.
♦ Executes Misfire Monitoring.
♦ Executes EVAP Monitoring.

5 Secondary Air Injection, EVAP Monitoring: ♦ Executes Secondary Air Injection Monitoring.
• DRIVE: Vehicle for 30 – 40 min. at a constant
speed of 50 – 70 mph in high gear for 2 min ♦ Executes EVAP Monitoring.
with no coasting. • Check the status of the readiness code.

– If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive
cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run
through and passed.

Note

♦ When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed evapo‐

rative or thermostat monitor, allow the engine to cool until the
coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be‐
tween 10° C and 35° C with a difference between them no
greater than 4° C and then repeat the drive cycle operation.
♦ Depending on the scan tool used, the readiness code status
may be displayed as complete, passed or OK. At an ambient
air temperature < 7° C, the setting of the readiness for the NOx
catalytic converter test is delayed. Here the vehicle must be
driven considerably longer.

Readiness Codes and Monitoring Completed

1- If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test, repeat the
drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully
run through and passed.
2- If the drive cycle operation fails again:
3- Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
4- Repair the vehicle if necessary.
5- Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors
have successfully run through and passed.
6- Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.

3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A

The information provided in Modes 01 through 0A displays the
various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as
well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes,
erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and
select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to
monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.

16 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in di‐

agnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as
Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diag‐
nostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

♦ ⇒ “3.3.1 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data”,

page 17
♦ ⇒ “3.3.2 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions”,
page 19
♦ ⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20
♦ ⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory ”,
page 21
♦ ⇒ “3.3.5 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitor‐
ing Test Results”, page 22
♦ ⇒ “3.3.6 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions, 2017 MY”, page 22
♦ ⇒ “3.3.7 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions, Q7 (2017 MY)”, page 30
♦ ⇒ “3.3.8 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During
the Current or Last Driving Cycle”, page 37
♦ ⇒ “3.3.9 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board
System, Test or Component”, page 38
♦ ⇒ “3.3.10 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information”,
page 38
♦ ⇒ “3.3.11 Diagnostic Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Mem‐
ory”, page 40

3.3.1 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current Sys‐

tem Data

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in di‐

agnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as
Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diag‐
nostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emis‐

sions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original
measured values (no replacement values), input and output data
and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic
Mode 1.
Test requirement
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.”.
– From the following table, select the desired “PID” that is to be
monitored, e.g. “PID $05 Coolant Temperature”.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 17

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

The current values of the component or system that is being

monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
$00: Supported definition PIDs $01 thru $20
$01: Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory
$03: Fuel system status
$04: Calculated load value
$05: Coolant temperature
$06: Short term air fuel ratio
$07: Long term air fuel ratio
$0B: Intake Manifold Pressure
$0C: Engine RPM
$0D: Vehicle speed
$0E: Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder
$0F: Intake air temperature
$11: Absolute throttle position
$13: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1
$15: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2
$1C: OBD requirements
$1F: Time since engine start
$20: Supported definition PIDs $21 thru $40
$21: Distance driven with MIL ON
$23: Fuel rail pressure
$2E: Commanded evap purge
$2F: Tank level
$30: Warm up counts after MIL erased
$31: Distance driven after erasing DTC memory
$33: Barometric pressure
$34: Heater current Bank 1 Sensor 1
$3C: Calculated catalyst temperature
$40: Supported definition PIDs $41 thru $60
$41: Monitor status current drive cycle
$42: Control module voltage
$43: Absolute load value
$44: Specified value of oxygen sensor signal
$45: Relative throttle valve position
$46: Ambient temperature
$47: Throttle valve position 2 absolute
$49: Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute
$4A: Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute
$4C: Specified throttle valve position
$51: Fuel type
$56: Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic convertor
$60 Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80
$70 Turbocharging

18 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

– Ignition switched OFF.

3.3.2 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating

Conditions
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode
07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02
makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this
fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze
frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two
priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the
freeze frame data is overwritten.
– Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim mal‐
function.
– Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in di‐

agnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as
Test-ID, Hex-ID, Component-ID, or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor
Identifier (OBDMID).

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward.

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.”.

– From the following table, select the desired “PID”, e.g. “PID
$05 Coolant Temperature” that is to be monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
$00: Supported definition pids, $01 thru $20
$02: Fault code that caused the freeze frame to be stored
$03: Fuel system status
$04: Calculated load value
$05: Coolant temperature
$06: Oxygen sensor integrator
$07: Oxygen sensor adaptation value
$0B Intake Manifold Pressure
$0C: Engine speed
$0D: Vehicle speed
$0E: Firing angle
$0F: Intake air temperature
$11: Throttle 1, sensor 1, throttle position absolute
$1F: Time after engine start
$20: Supported definition PIDs $21 thru $40

3. Diagnosis and Testing 19

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

PID Component or System

$23: Intake air temperature (IAT)
$2E: Control tank ventilation valve
$2F Tank level
$33: Ambient pressure
$40: Supported definition PIDs $41 thru $60
$42: Control module voltage
$43: Absolute load factor
$44: Lambda desired value
$45: Butterfly valve position relative
$46: Ambient temperature
$47: Butterfly valve position 2 absolute
$49: Driving pedal position 1 absolute
$4A: Driving pedal position 2 absolute
$4C: Butterfly valve target position
$51: Fuel type
$56: Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic convertor
$60 Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80
$70 Turbocharging

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Mem‐

ory
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related
faults (confirmed DTCs; faults which have activated the MIL) in
the ECM and in the TCM.
When the ECM recognizes an emissions-related fault in two con‐
secutive drive cycles, it sends a request to the instrument cluster
over the CAN to turn on the malfunction indicator lamp. If an elec‐
tronic throttle malfunction is recognized, the ECM will send a
request to the instrument cluster over the CAN to turn on the
electronic power control warning lamp.
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting
of a 5-digit alphanumeric value.

Note

Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode

03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the

DTC code.
P Codes
Component group
P x x x x DTC for the drivetrain
Norm-Code
P 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts
P 1 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufac‐
turer

20 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

P 2 x x x DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000

P 3 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufac‐
turer from MY 2000

Component group
Repair group
P x 0 x x Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations
P x 1 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 2 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 3 x x Ignition system
P x 4 x x Additional exhaust system
P x 5 x x Speed and idle control
P x 6 x x Control module and output signals
P x 7 x x Transmission
P x 8 x x Transmission
P x 9 x x Control modules, input and output signals

U Codes
Component group
U x x x x DTC for network (CAN bus)
Norm-Code
U 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction
texts

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition to the ON position.
– Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
– The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may
be displayed on the scan tool screen:
Indication example Explanation
P0444 SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code
Evaporative emission canister purge regulator valve Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning compo‐
nent
Circuit open Malfunction type as next

– Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Mem‐

ory
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory
and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all

3. Diagnosis and Testing 21

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The
adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable):
♦ - MIL status
♦ - Number of DTCs
♦ - Readiness bits
♦ - Confirmed DTCs
♦ - Pending DTCs
♦ - DTC that belongs to freeze frame
♦ - Freeze frame data
♦ - Test results of specific diagnostic functions
♦ - Distance driven with MIL on
♦ - Number of warm-up cycles after erasing the DTC memory
♦ - Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
♦ - Misfire counter

Note

Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode

04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
– Then select Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data.
The scan tool will display ”Diagnostic data being erased”.
– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.5 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen

Sensor Monitoring Test Results

Note

Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where

Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6
for oxygen sensor Monitoring Test Results.

Test Requirements
– No Test requirements are available for this powertrain.
Function Test
– No Function Tests are available for this powertrain.

3.3.6 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results

for Specific Diagnostic Functions, 2017
MY

22 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for

special components and systems which are continuously or not
continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete,
the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved
and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with
the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become avail‐
able or the DTC memory is erased.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.
For example; GST manual documentation will show the value as
0.3499 (units) while the scan tool will display the same value as
0.35 (units).
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information
displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
– Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored.
Select the desired Test-ID.
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on
the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” that may be
selected.
Test-ID (Hex-ID) Component or System
$01: ⇒ page 24 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
$02: ⇒ page 24 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
$21: ⇒ page 25 Catalytic Converter Monitoring
$35: ⇒ page 25 Camshaft adjustment / VVT diagnosis bank 1
$3C: ⇒ page 26 Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / LeakTest (0.20 /
0.5mm)
$3D: ⇒ page 26 EVAP Valve Function Check
$41: ⇒ page 27 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
$42: ⇒ page 27 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
$A2: ⇒ page 28 Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
$A3: ⇒ page 28 Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
$A4: ⇒ page 29 Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
$A5: ⇒ page 29 Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data

3. Diagnosis and Testing 23

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Monitor-ID 01 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1

– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 01”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$83 P0133 Dynamic Test. 0.0 V 1.0 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
DTC summary table.
⇒ page 69 .
$86 P0133 Impact Diagnosis. 0.0 V 1.0 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
DTC summary table.
⇒ page 69
$8A P2195 Oscillation check. (Rich) 1.45 V 32.767 Refer to DTC P2195 in the
V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 195 .
$8B P2196 Oscillation check. (Lean) 0.55 V 32.767 Refer to DTC P2196 in the
V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 196 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $02 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID$ 02”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$05 P013A Output Voltage (signal activity) 900.0 V 65,534 Refer to DTC P013A in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 74 .
$92 P013B Output Voltage (signal activity) 900.0 V 65534 Refer to DTC P013B in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 78 .
$93 P013E Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V 1.15 V Refer to DTC P013E in the
Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 82 .
$94 P013F Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V NaN V Refer to DTC P013F in the
Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 86 .

24 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$95 P2270 Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.8749 7.999 V Refer to DTC P2270 in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 205 .
$96 P2271 Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V 0.2499 Refer to DTC P2271 in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 209 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $21 : Catalyst monitor bank 1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $21”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$84 P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Be‐ 0% 1.0 % Refer to DTC P0420 in the
low Threshold Bank 1 DTC summary table.
⇒ page 137 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
Monitor-ID $35 : Cam Shaft Adjustment
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $35”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$80 P0011 VVT diagnosis target position 0° KW 10.0° KW Refer to DTC P0011 in the
is not reached. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 43 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 25

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$81 P000 VVT diagnosis target position 6.0° KW 655.35° Refer to DTC P000A in the
A Slow Response KW DTC summary table.
⇒ page 42
$82 P0014 VVT diagnosis target position 0° KW 10.0° KW Refer to DTC P0014 in the
is not reached. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 43
$83 P000 VVT diagnosis target position 4.0° KW 655.35° Refer to DTC P000B in the
B Slow Response KW DTC summary table.
⇒ page 42

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
Monitor-ID $3C : Fuel Tank venting system leak test (0.020 "/ 0.5
mm)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $3C”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$83 P0456 Fine leak diagnosis NVLD 10.0 s 65,535.0 Refer to DTC P0456 in the
s DTC summary table.
⇒ page 146

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $3D : EVAP Valve Function Check
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $3D”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

26 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$8B P044 Tank vent valve check from % 0.1 % 655.35 % Refer to DTC P0441 in the
1 DTEV: Active test Air balance DTC summary table.
at idle OK, (Normal operation ⇒ page 141 .
and short test 70).

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $41 : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $41”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$85 P0135 Oxygen sensor heating in front 630.0° C 6,513.5° C Refer to DTC P0135 in the
of catalytic converter, diagno‐ DTC summary table.
sis, Bank 1 (Constant oxygen ⇒ page 73 .
sensor monitoring with CJI25).
Ceramic temperature monitor‐
ing.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $42: Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $42”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 27

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$90 P014 Oxygen sensor heating behind 0.0 Ω 700.0 Ω Refer to DTC P0141 in the
1 catalytic converter, diagnosis, DTC summary table.
Bank 1 Nernst cell internal re‐ ⇒ page 89 .
sistance test.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A2 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A2”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$0B P030 Misfire cylinder 1, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 114 .
$0C P030 Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 114 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A3: Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A3:”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

28 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$0B P030 Misfire cylinder 2, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 116 .
$0C P030 Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 116 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A4: Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A4”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$0B P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 118 .
$0C P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 118 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A5 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A5”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 29

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$0B P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, Average 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
value over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 120 .
$0C P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 120 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
– If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified
values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure.
– Ignition switched OFF.

3.3.7 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results

for Specific Diagnostic Functions, Q7
(2017 MY)
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for
special components and systems which are continuously or not
continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete,
the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved
and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with
the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become avail‐
able or the DTC memory is erased.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.
For example; GST manual documentation will show the value as
0.3499 (units) while the scan tool will display the same value as
0.35 (units).
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information
displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.

30 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

– Start the engine and let run at idle speed.

– Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored.
Select the desired Test-ID.
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on
the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” that may be
selected.
Test-ID (Hex-ID) Component or System
$01: ⇒ page 31 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
$02: ⇒ page 32 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
$21: ⇒ page 32 Catalytic Converter Monitoring
$35: ⇒ page 33 Camshaft adjustment / VVT diagnosis bank 1
$3C: ⇒ page 33 Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / LeakTest (0.20 /
0.5mm)
$3D: ⇒ page 34 EVAP Valve Function Check
$41: ⇒ page 34 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
$42: ⇒ page 35 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
$A2: ⇒ page 35 Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
$A3: ⇒ page 36 Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
$A4: ⇒ page 36 Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
$A5: ⇒ page 37 Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data

Monitor-ID 01 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1

– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 01”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$83 P0133 Dynamic Test. 0.0 V 1.0 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
DTC summary table.
⇒ page 69 .
$86 P0133 Impact Diagnosis. 0.0 V 1.0 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
DTC summary table.
⇒ page 69
$8A P2195 Oscillation check. (Rich) 1.45 V 32.767 Refer to DTC P2195 in the
V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 195 .
$8B P2196 Oscillation check. (Lean) 0.55 V 32.767 Refer to DTC P2196 in the
V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 196 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic

3. Diagnosis and Testing 31

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $02 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID$ 02”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$05 P013A Output Voltage (signal activity) 900.0 V 65,534 Refer to DTC P013A in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 74 .
$92 P013B Output Voltage (signal activity) 900.0 V 65534 Refer to DTC P013B in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 78 .
$93 P013E Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V 0.9 V Refer to DTC P013E in the
Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 82 .
$94 P013F Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V NaN V Refer to DTC P013F in the
Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 86 .
$95 P2270 Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.9 V 7.999 V Refer to DTC P2270 in the
Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 205 .
$96 P2271 Output Voltage (signal activity) 0.0 V 0.2251 Refer to DTC P2271 in the
Check. V DTC summary table.
⇒ page 209 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $21 : Catalyst monitor bank 1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $21”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

32 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$84 P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Be‐ 0% 1.0 % Refer to DTC P0420 in the
low Threshold Bank 1 DTC summary table.
⇒ page 137 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
Monitor-ID $35 : Cam Shaft Adjustment
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $35”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$80 P0011 VVT diagnosis target position 0° KW 10.0° KW Refer to DTC P0011 in the
is not reached. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 43 .
$81 P000 VVT diagnosis target position 6.0° KW 655.35° Refer to DTC P000A in the
A Slow Response KW DTC summary table.
⇒ page 42
$82 P0014 VVT diagnosis target position 0° KW 10.0° KW Refer to DTC P0014 in the
is not reached. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 43
$83 P000 VVT diagnosis target position 4.0° KW 655.35° Refer to DTC P000B in the
B Slow Response KW DTC summary table.
⇒ page 42

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
Monitor-ID $3C : Fuel Tank venting system leak test (0.020 "/ 0.5
mm)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $3C”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 33

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$83 P0456 Fine leak diagnosis NVLD 10.0 s 65,535.0 Refer to DTC P0456 in the
s DTC summary table.
⇒ page 146

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $3D : EVAP Valve Function Check
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $3D”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$8B P044 Tank vent valve check from % 0.1 % 655.35 % Refer to DTC P0441 in the
1 DTEV: Active test Air balance DTC summary table.
at idle OK, (Normal operation ⇒ page 141 .
and short test 70).

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $41 : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $41”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

34 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$85 P0135 Oxygen sensor heating in front 630.0° C 6,513.5° C Refer to DTC P0135 in the
of catalytic converter, diagno‐ DTC summary table.
sis, Bank 1 (Constant oxygen ⇒ page 73 .
sensor monitoring with CJI25).
Ceramic temperature monitor‐
ing.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $42: Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $42”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$90 P014 Oxygen sensor heating behind 0.0 Ω 700.0 Ω Refer to DTC P0141 in the
1 catalytic converter, diagnosis, DTC summary table.
Bank 1 Nernst cell internal re‐ ⇒ page 89 .
sistance test.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A2 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A2”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 35

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$0B P030 Misfire cylinder 1, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 114 .
$0C P030 Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 114 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A3: Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A3:”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$0B P030 Misfire cylinder 2, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 116 .
$0C P030 Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 116 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A4: Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A4”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

36 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
$0B P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, Average val‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 118 .
$0C P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 118 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
Monitor-ID $A5 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID $A5”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
$0B P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, Average 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
value over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 120 .
$0C P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65,535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 120 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory ”,
page 20 .
– Ignition switched OFF.
– If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified
values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure.
– Ignition switched OFF.

3.3.8 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults De‐

tected During the Current or Last Driving
Cycle
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults
which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending
DTCs).

3. Diagnosis and Testing 37

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output

via Mode 07).
– If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving
cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and
the MIL is activated.
– If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the fol‐
lowing driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be
deleted at the end of the driving cycle.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the informa‐

tion provided may be referred to by a different name.

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition OFF afterward.

– Select Mode 7: Check test results of components that are

continuously monitored.
The number of pending DTCs or 0 malfunctions detected will be
displayed on the scan tool screen.
– Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
– Ignition switched OFF.

3.3.9 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control

of On-Board System, Test or Compo‐
nent
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-
board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used
to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board sys‐
tem, test, or component on or off for a specific period of time. The
service can also be used to request system status or to report test
results.
Test Requirements
– No Test requirements are available for this powertrain.
Function Test
– No Function Tests are available for this powertrain.

3.3.10 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle In‐

formation
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific
information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).

38 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09

and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

Test requirement
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Ignition switched ON.
– Select Mode 09: Vehicle information.
– Select the desired Test-ID.
– The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all Test-IDs that may be
selected.
Test-ID Diagnostic text
02: Vehicle identification number e.g.
♦ Vehicle Identification Number

04: Calibration identification e.g.

♦ Part number and software version with REC

06: CVN (check sum) e.g.

08: In-use Performance Tracking Information (IPT - Counter)

3. Diagnosis and Testing 39

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test-ID Diagnostic text

♦ General Denominator
♦ Ignition Cycle Counter
♦ Catalytic converter fault finding counter Bank 1
♦ Catalytic converter fault finding Denominator Bank 1
♦ Catalytic converter fault finding counter Bank 2
♦ Catalytic converter fault finding Denominator Bank 2
♦ Counter upstream oxygen sensor fault finding catalyst Bank 1
♦ Denominator upstream oxygen sensor fault finding catalyst Bank 1
♦ Counter upstream oxygen sensor fault finding catalyst Bank 2
♦ Denominator upstream oxygen sensor fault finding catalyst Bank 2
♦ Counter EGR Diagnostics / VVT - diagnosis
♦ Denominator EGR Diagnostics / VVT - diagnosis
♦ Counter secondary air diagnostics
♦ Denominator secondary air diagnostics
♦ Counter tank ventilation diagnostics
♦ Denominator tank ventilation diagnostics
♦ Counter Upstream oxygen sensor fault finding behind catalyst Bank 1
♦ Denominator Upstream oxygen sensor fault finding behind catalyst Bank 1
♦ Counter Upstream oxygen sensor fault finding behind catalyst Bank 2
♦ Denominator Upstream oxygen sensor fault finding behind catalyst Bank 2

0A: ECU Name

– Ignition switched OFF.

3.3.11 Diagnostic Mode 0A - Check Permanent

DTC Memory

Note

♦ The following is a generic explanation of the requirements,

coverage, and operation of Mode 0A.
♦ Mode 0A may only be supported exclusively by OBD control
modules in US vehicles. Mode 0A may not be supported in
EOBD vehicles, meaning the control module may not send a
response here.

Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory (Request emissions-

related diagnostic trouble codes with permanent status after code
clear)
Permanent Fault Codes From MY 2010 with Phase-In conforming
to CCR 1968.2 (d)(2.2.5): 50% from MY 2010 / 75% from MY
2011 / 100% from MY 2012 The vehicle only participates in
Phase-In if all of the OBD-relevant control modules in the vehicle
meet these requirements.
Mode 0A enables the request of all OBD-relevant faults with the
status “Permanent Fault Code”

40 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

- Permanent Fault Codes are Confirmed Fault Codes that are

currently activating the MIL. That means faults that are still dis‐
played in Mode 03 but no longer activate the MIL (History Fault
Codes) are not Permanent Fault Codes.
- Permanent Fault Codes are updated in Mode 0A at the same
time as NVRAM storage immediately after switching the ignition
off. A newly detected Permanent Fault Code is only visible after
switching the ignition off/on in Mode 0A.
- Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased in the control mod‐
ule after they are corrected as long as the last diagnostic result
was a PASS and the MIL is no longer activated by this fault. The
Permanent Fault Codes should be erased from Mode 0A at the
same time the MIL switches off when the ignition is switched off/
on.
- Permanent Fault Codes may not be erased by clearing the DTC
memory or disconnecting the power supply. Storage in NVRAM
is required.
- Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased after clearing the
DTC memory under the following conditions: - As long as no FAIL
diagnostic result was detected for a Permanent Fault Code - and
at least one PASS diagnostic result was detected - and the Min‐
imum Trip Conditions for a General Denominator (without con‐
sidering high/ambient temperature) were met in this phase in any
DCY after erasing the DTC memory.
- The engine control module relays the message “Minimum Trip
conditions met” to all other OBD control modules via CAN: CAN
message OBD_01, Byte 8, Bit 4: OBD_Minimum_Trip
- Permanent Fault Codes may NOT be erased if the diagnostic
result is FAIL after clearing the DTC memory. A Pending Fault
Code should be stored and the DTC memory line should be over‐
written with new Freeze Frame data. (Exception: If the Pending
Fault Code is corrected without a Confirmed Fault Code being
detected, the Permanent Fault Code may also be erased under
the conditions described below.)
- Permanent Fault Codes should be erased in engine control
modules after Update Programming. At this time, all readiness
bits (Mode 01 PID $01) must be reset to “not complete” [ (g)(4.4.6)
(D) ]. Permanent Fault Codes should not be erased in OBD con‐
trol modules with Comprehensive Components (CCM) as a single
readiness bit if the identical program/data status is being pro‐
grammed. If a different program/data status is being program‐
med, Permanent Fault Codes should be erased after Update
Programming.
- The procedure in Mode 01 through Mode 09 and in the service
tester is NOT affected by implementation of the Permanent Fault
Codes.

Note

After MIL off during the 40 warm-up cycle self-healing process,

the fault may not be reported as Permanent Fault Code anymore

Procedure
♦ Erasing Permanent Fault Codes after code clear Service $0A
– Permanent Fault Codes: can only be erased at the end of a
driving cycle (during ECM keep alive time) if all the following
conditions are fulfilled:
♦ ERASE: Permanent Fault Codes after code clear, the vehicle
needs to be driven !
♦ NO FAIL: DTC cleared

3. Diagnosis and Testing 41

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ MONITORS: PASS
♦ MINIMUM: Conditions fulfilled 600 s. (cumulative) Engine run‐
ning
♦ DRIVE: 300 s (cumulative) vehicle speed > 25 mph (40 km/h)

3.4 Engine DTC Tables

♦ ⇒ “3.4.1 Engine Control Module , 2017 MY”, page 42

3.4.1 Engine Control Module , 2017 MY

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P000A VVT Ac‐ • Adjustment an‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the
"A" Cam‐ tuator In‐ gle difference >= ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Camshaft
shaft Po‐ take ra‐ 1.50; < 6.00° 300) s Adjustment
sition tionality CRK • Engine speed 672 - Valve 1 -
Slow Re‐ check 6,016 rpm • Contin‐ N205- . Refer
sponse uous to
• Setpoint change >
Bank 1 18.00° CRK ⇒ “3.6.3
Camshaft
• Camshaft position not Adjustment
calibrated Valve 1
N205 ,
• Dynamic diagnosis Checking”,
timer >= 0.51 - 2.80 s page 294 .
P000B VVT Ex‐ • Adjustment an‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the
"B" Cam‐ haust Ac‐ gle difference >= ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ tuator ra‐ 1.50; < 4.00° 700) s Camshaft
sition tionality CRK • Engine speed 672 - Adjustment
Slow Re‐ check 6,016 rpm • Contin‐ Valve 1 -
sponse uous N318- . Refer
• Setpoint change >
Bank 1 10.00° CRK to
⇒ “3.6.15
• Camshaft position not Exhaust
calibrated Camshaft
Adjustment
• Dynamic diagnosis Valve 1
timer >= 0.48 - 2.39 s N318 ,
Checking”,
page 318
P0010 VVT Ac‐ • Output voltage, • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"A" Cam‐ tuator In‐ lower range 1.92 off DCY Camshaft
shaft Po‐ take - 2.21 V • Con‐ Adjustment
sition Ac‐ Open Cir‐ tinu‐ Valve 1 -
tuator cuit • Output voltage, ous N205- . Refer
Control upper range to
Circuit/ 2.85 - 3.25 V ⇒ “3.6.3
Open Camshaft
Bank 1) Adjustment
Valve 1
N205 ,
Checking”,
page 294 .

42 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0011 VVT Ac‐ • Camshaft posi‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the
"A" Cam‐ tuator In‐ tion deviation > ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Camshaft
shaft Po‐ take ra‐ 10.00° CRK 250) s Adjustment
sition - tionality • Engine speed 672 - Valve 1 -
Timing check 6,016 rpm • Contin‐ N205- . Refer
Over-Ad‐ uous to
• Camshaft position not
vanced or calibrated ⇒ “3.6.3
System Camshaft
Perform‐ • Camshaft position ad‐ Adjustment
ance justment active Valve 1
Bank 1 N205 ,
• Catalyst heating not Checking”,
active page 294 .
• Camshaft position de‐
viation integrator ( ac‐
tual vs. setpoint posi‐
tion) >= 9.00 – 12.00°
CRK

P0013 VVT Ex‐ • Output voltage, • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"B" Cam‐ haust Ac‐ lower range 1.92 off DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ tuator - 2.21 V • Con‐ Camshaft
sition Ac‐ open cir‐ tinu‐ Adjustment
tuator cuit • Output voltage, ous Valve 1 -
Control upper range N318- . Refer
Circuit/ 2.85 - 3.25 V to
Open ⇒ “3.6.15
Bank 1 Exhaust
Camshaft
Adjustment
Valve 1
N318 ,
Checking”,
page 318
P0014 VVT Ex‐ • Difference be‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the
"B" Cam‐ haust Ac‐ tween target and ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ tuator ra‐ actual position > 450) s Camshaft
sition - tionality 10.00° CRK • Engine speed 672 - Adjustment
Timing check 6,016 rpm • Contin‐ Valve 1 -
Over-Ad‐ uous N318- . Refer
• Camshaft position not
vanced or calibrated to
System ⇒ “3.6.15
Perform‐ • Camshaft position ad‐ Exhaust
ance justment active Camshaft
Bank 1 Adjustment
• Catalyst heating not Valve 1
active N318 ,
Checking”,
• Camshaft position de‐ page 318
viation integrator ( ac‐
tual vs. setpoint posi‐
tion) >= 9.00 – 12.00°
CRK

3. Diagnosis and Testing 43

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0016 Camshaft • Adapted value • Camshaft position • 720.0°• 2 – Check the
Crank‐ Position/ for each edge of adaptation active CRK DCY Engine
shaft Po‐ Crank‐ the target wheel Speed Sen‐
sition - shaft Po‐ < -14.00° CRK • (exhaust side) • Multi‐ sor - G28- .
Camshaft sition In‐ ple Refer to
• Or • Engine speed 288 -
Position take - 4,000 rpm ⇒ “3.6.13
Correla‐ Correla‐ • Adapted value Engine
tion Bank tion for each edge of • Modeled oil tempera‐ Speed Sen‐
1 Sensor adapta‐ the target wheel ture >= -15° C sor G28 ,
A tion value > 14.00° CRK Checking”,
monitor‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ page 314 .
ing ture <= 160° C
OR
• Diff. actual exhaust – Check the
camshaft position vs. Camshaft
previous camshaft po‐ Position
sition @ reference Sensor -
signal edge < 2.00° G40- . Refer
CRK to
• And case 1: ⇒ “3.6.4
Camshaft
• Ignition off Position
Sensor G40 ,
• Engine speed > 380 Checking”,
rpm page 296 .
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Or case 2:
• Engine speed >= 380
rpm
• Or
• Engine running
• And
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Or case 3:
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or case 4:
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

44 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Diff. actual cam‐ • Camshaft phasing • 0.1 s • 2
shaft adaptation commanded DCY
per cylinder vs. • Con‐
previous refer‐ • Engine speed < 8160 tinu‐
ence camshaft rpm ous
adaptation >= • Diff. actual intake
12.00° CRK camshaft position vs.
previous camshaft po‐
sition @ reference
signal edge < 2.00°
CRK
• Case 1: ignition off
• Engine speed > 380
rpm
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Case 2: ignition on
• Synchronization test
incorrect
• Or
• Engine running
• And depending on en‐
gine:
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Case 3: backwards
rotation
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Case 4: stop/start-cy‐
cle
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

3. Diagnosis and Testing 45

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0017 Camshaft • Adapted value • Camshaft position • 720.0°• 2 – Check the
Crank‐ Position/ for each edge of adaptation active CRK DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ Crank‐ the target wheel Camshaft
sition - shaft Po‐ < -14.00° CRK • (exhaust side) • Multi‐ Adjustment
Camshaft sition Ex‐ ple Valve 1 -
• Or • Engine speed 288 -
Position haust - 4,000 rpm N318- . Refer
Correla‐ Correla‐ • Adapted value to
tion Bank tion for each edge of • Modeled oil tempera‐ ⇒ “3.6.15
1 Sensor adapta‐ the target wheel ture >= -15° C Exhaust
B tion value > 14.00° CRK Camshaft
monitor‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ Adjustment
ing ture <= 160° C Valve 1
N318 ,
• Diff. actual exhaust Checking”,
camshaft position vs. page 318
previous camshaft po‐
sition @ reference
signal edge < 2.00°
CRK
• And case 1:
• Ignition off
• engine speed > 380
rpm
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Or case 2:
• Engine speed >= 380
rpm
• Or
• Engine running
• And
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Or case 3:
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or case 4:
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

46 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0030 Oxygen • O2S front heater • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors voltage, lower DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater range 1.92 - • Con‐ sor 1 Before
Control Front 2.21 V tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Open Cir‐ ous Converter -
Bank 1 cuit • O2S front heater GX10- . Re‐
Sensor 1 voltage, upper fer to
range 2.85 - ⇒ “3.6.28
3.25 V Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
Catalytic
Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .
P0031 Oxygen • O2S front heater • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors voltage < 1.92 - DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater 2.21 V • Con‐ sor 1 Before
Control Front tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Short To ous Converter -
Low Bank Ground GX10- . Re‐
1 Sensor fer to
1 ⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
Catalytic
Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .
P0032 Oxygen • O2S front heater • Modeled EGT @ O2S • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors driver tempera‐ front >= -273° C DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater ture > 160.0 - • Con‐ sor 1 Before
Control Front 200.0° C • Actuator commanded tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Short To on ous Converter -
High Battery • GX10- . Re‐
Bank 1 Plus • Or fer to
Sensor 1 ⇒ “3.6.28
• O2S front heater Oxygen Sen‐
driver output sor 1 Before
current > 8.0 – Catalytic
12.0 A Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .
P0036 Oxygen • O2S rear heater • Engine not in start • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors voltage, lower process DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater range 1.92 - • Con‐ sor 1 After
Control Rear 2.21 V tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Open Cir‐ ous Converter -
Bank 1 cuit • O2S rear heater GX7- . Refer
Sensor 2 voltage, upper to
range 2.85 - ⇒ “3.6.29
3.25 V Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 47

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0037 Oxygen • Heater voltage < • Engine not in start • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors 1.92 - 2.21 V process DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater • Con‐ sor 1 After
Control Rear tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Short To ous Converter -
Low Bank Ground GX7- . Refer
1 Sensor to
2 ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P0038 Oxygen • O2S rear heater • Modeled EGT @ O2S • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the
HO2S Sensors driver tempera‐ rear >= -273° C DCY Oxygen Sen‐
Heater Heater ture > 160.0 - • Con‐ sor 1 After
Control Rear 200.0° C • O2S heater comman‐ tinu‐ Catalytic
Circuit Short To ded on ous Converter -
High Battery • Or GX7- . Refer
• Engine not in start
Bank 1 Plus • O2S rear heater process to
Sensor 2 driver output ⇒ “3.6.29
current > 8.0 – Oxygen Sen‐
12.0 A sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P0045 Turbo‐ • Bypass valve • Deviation between • 0.4 s • 2 – Check the
Turbo‐ charger driver load re‐ actual and filtered DCY Charge
charger / (TC) sistance > 200 boost pressure actua‐ • Con‐ Pressure Ac‐
Super‐ Boost kOhm tor position <= 5.00 % tinu‐ tuator -
charger Control ous V465- . Refer
Boost Actuator • Boost pressure con‐ to
Control open cir‐ trol not active ⇒ “3.6.9
"A" Cir‐ cuit • Time delay > 1.0 s Charge
cuit/Open Pressure Ac‐
tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306

48 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0068 Manifold • Diff. MAP set‐ • Fast throttle adapta‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
MAP / Pressure point vs. actual tion finished DCY take Mani‐
MAF - Sensor MAP < -22.50 – • Con‐ fold Sensor -
Throttle large -14.80 kPa • MAP gradient -20.00 - tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
Position leakage 20.00 kPa/s ous to
Correla‐ detection • Vehicle speed <= 1 ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
tion mph take Mani‐
fold Sensor
• Time after engine GX9 , Check‐
start > 2.0 s ing”,
page 338 .
• Engine speed, lower
range > 795 rpm
• Engine speed, upper
range < 3,000 rpm
• IAT @ manifold > -48°
C
• ECT @ cylinder head
> -48° C
• Pressure quotient @
throttle 0.35 - 0.60 -
• Load dynamic condi‐
tions:
• dynamic engine
speed < 8,160 rpm
• dynamic air mass <
12.00 mg/rev

Intake Air • Throttle opening • Intake manifold mod‐ • 0.3 s

System area correction eled adaptation active
rationality included control‐ • Con‐
check ler and adaption • (by throttle opening tinu‐
< -95.00 – area) ous
-53.00 % • Throttle position
• Lambda correc‐ 0.000 - 100.003° TPS
tion included • Engine speed 576 -
controller and 3008 rpm
adaption -40.00
– 40.00 % • Pressure quotient @
throttle 0.25 - 0.53 -
• Lambda control‐
ler active • Fast throttle adapta‐
tion finished
• MAP gradient -20.00 -
20.00 kPa/s
• Fuel cut off not active
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 s
• Turbocharger boost
pressure 135.00 kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

3. Diagnosis and Testing 49

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Ratio adapted • Intake manifold mod‐ • 1.0 s
turbocharger eled adaptation active
boost pressure • Con‐
and actual tur‐ • (by turbocharger tinu‐
bocharger boost boost pressure) ous
pressure < • Throttle position >
-24.00 % 2.998° TPS
• Lambda correc‐ • Engine speed 1,216 -
tion included 6,000 rpm
controller and
adaption -23.00 • Pressure quotient @
– 23.00 % throttle 0.43 - 0.95 -
• Lambda control‐ • Engine running
ler active
• fast throttle adapta‐
tion finished
• MAP gradient -20 -
20.00 kPa/s
• Fuel cut off not active
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 s
• Boost pressure <
135.00 kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

P0070 COM: • AAT sensor volt‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Refer to the

Ambient Ambient age > 4.50 V DCY appropriate
Air Tem‐ Air Tem‐ • Con‐ repair man‐
perature perature tinu‐ ual. Outside
Sensor (AAT) ous Air Tempera‐
Circuit Sensor ture Sensor -
"A" short to G17- .
battery /
open cir‐
cuit

50 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0071 Ambient • High side: refer‐ • Engine off time >= • 0.1 s • 2 – Refer to the
Ambient Air Tem‐ ence measuring 360.00 min DCY appropriate
Air Tem‐ perature • Once / repair man‐
perature Cross • Diff. AAT @ cold • Engine off time plau‐ DCY ual. Outside
Sensor Check start vs. IAT @ sible Air Tempera‐
Circuit manifold @ cold ture Sensor -
start > 30.0 K • Time after engine
"A" start < 410.0 s G17- .
Range / • Diff. AAT @ cold
Perform‐ start vs. ECT @ • Depending on tem‐
ance cylinder head @ perature slope:
cold start > not • Diff. actual vs previ‐
calibrated K ous IAT < 0.8 K
• Diff. AAT @ cold • Diff. actual vs previ‐
start vs. ECT @ ous ECT@ cylinder
radiator outlet @ head < not calibrated
cold start > 30.0 K
K
• Diff.. actual vs previ‐
• Min. amount of ous ECT@ radiator
faulty reference outlet < 0.8 K
measurements
to detect defec‐ • Diff. actual vs previ‐
tive sensor 2.00 ous AAT < 0.8 K
-
• For time >= 1.0 s
• Or
• Depending on mean
• Low side: refer‐ value condition
ence measuring
• Mean value of all tem‐
• Diff. IAT @ perature sensors @
manifold @ cold cold start >= -38° C
start vs. AAT @
cold start > 30.0 • Number of valid sen‐
K sors >= 2.00 -
• Diff. ECT @ cyl‐ • Depending on block
inder head @ heater / solar radiation
cold start vs. detection
AAT @ cold
start > not cali‐ • Time after engine
start >= 0.5 s
brated K
Diff. ECT @ ra‐ • Vehicle speed >= 22
• mph
diator outlet @
cold start vs. • For time >= 20.0 s
AAT @ cold
start > 30.0 K • Diff. actual IAT @
manifold vs. min. IAT
• Min. amount of @ manifold < 5.0 K
faulty reference
measurements • Diff. actual ECT @
to detect defec‐ cylinder head vs. min.
tive sensor 2.00 ECT @ cylinder head
- < not calibrated K
• Diff. actual AAT vs.
min. AAT < 4.0 K
• Diff. actual ECT @ ra‐
diator outlet vs. min.
ECT @ radiator outlet
< 0.5 K

3. Diagnosis and Testing 51

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0072 COM: • AAT sensor volt‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Refer to the
Ambient Ambient age < 0.10 V DCY appropriate
Air Tem‐ Air Tem‐ • Con‐ repair man‐
perature perature tinu‐ ual. Outside
Sensor (AAT) ous Air Tempera‐
Circuit Sensor ture Sensor -
"A" Low short to G17- .
ground

52 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0087 Fuel Sys‐ • Deviation be‐ General: • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail / tem, high tween reference • Engine speed 608 - DCY Fuel Pres‐
System pressure fuel pressure 6,816 rpm • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Pressure side out setpoint and cur‐ tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
- Too Low of range rent fuel pres‐ • Fuel mass setpoint ous fer to
Bank 1 low sure > 2,999.80 10.00 - 1,389.00 mg/ ⇒ “3.6.19
kPa rev Fuel Pres‐
• Time after engine sure Sensor
• Case: 1 G247 ,
start > 10.0 s
• Deviation lamb‐ Checking”,
da of controller • Engine warm-up not page 326 .
included adap‐ calibrated
tion -50.00 - – Check the
• Catalyst heating not Fuel Pres‐
50.00 % calibrated sure Regula‐
• High pressure tor Valve -
• Full load not calibra‐
controller output N276- . Refer
ted
> 45 mg to
• Catalyst purge not ⇒ “3.6.18
• Fuel pressure < calibrated Fuel Pres‐
3,500.31 sure Regula‐
• Lambda control not tor Valve
• Case 2: calibrated N276 ,
• Fuel pump at Checking”,
• Evap purge function‐ page 324 .
max limit ality diagnosis not
• Mass fuel flow calibrated
setpoint < • Fuel pressure set‐
1,389.00 mg/rev point gradient <=
• Fuel pressure < 34,777.60 kPa
34,777.60 kPa • And

• Depending on low dy‐

namic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 5.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 125.15
- 172.41 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1,389.00 -
1,389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And depending on
canister purge:
• Canister load <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated

3. Diagnosis and Testing 53

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Fuel Sys‐ • Deviation lamb‐ General:
tem, high da of controller • Engine speed 608 -
pressure included adap‐ 6,816 rpm
side ra‐ tion -50.00 -
tionality 50.00 % • Fuel mass setpoint
check low 5.00 - 1,389.00 mg/
• And rev
• High pressure • Time after engine
controller output start > 10.0 s
> 45 mg
• Engine warm-up not
• And calibrated
• Deviation be‐ • Catalyst heating not
tween fuel pres‐ calibrated
sure setpoint
and current fuel • Full load not calibra‐
pressure > ted
2,999.80 kPa • Catalyst purge not
• And calibrated

• Fuel pressure • Lambda control not

>= 3,500.31 kPa calibrated
• Evap purge function‐
ality diagnosis not
calibrated
• Fuel pressure set‐
point gradient <=
34,777.60 kPa
• And
• Depending on low dy‐
namic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 5.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 125.15
- 172.41 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1389.00 -
1389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And depending on
canister purge:
• Canister load <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated

54 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0088 Fuel Rail • Deviation be‐ General: • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail/ Pressure tween fuel pres‐ • Engine speed DCY Fuel Pres‐
System (FRP) out sure setpoint 608...6816 rpm • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Pressure of range and current fuel tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
- Too high pressure < • Fuel mass setpoint ous fer to
High -2999.90 kPa 5.00 – 1,389.00 mg/ ⇒ “3.6.19
Bank 1 rev Fuel Pres‐
• Deviation lamb‐ sure Sensor
da of controller • Time after engine G247 ,
included adap‐ start > 10.0 s
Checking”,
tion -50.00 – • Engine warm-up not page 326 .
50.00 % calibrated
• Case 1: – Check the
• Catalyst heating not Fuel Pres‐
• High pressure calibrated sure Regula‐
controller output • Full load not calibra‐ tor Valve -
< -45 mg N276- . Refer
ted
to
• Case 2: • Catalyst purge not ⇒ “3.6.18
calibrated Fuel Pres‐
• Flow control
valve open sure Regula‐
• Lambda control not tor Valve
• Mass fuel flow calibrated N276 ,
setpoint > 15.01 • Evap purge function‐ Checking”,
mg/rev page 324 .
ality diagnosis not
calibrated
• Fuel pressure set‐
point gradient <=
34,777.60 kPa
• And
• Depending on low dy‐
namic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 5.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 125.15
– 172.41 [mg/rev]
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1,389.00 –
1,389.00 [mg/rev]
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated [-]
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated

3. Diagnosis and Testing 55

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0090 Fuel con‐ • Voltage high • Engine speed 0 rpm • 0.8 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel trol valve side < 1.87 – DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure open cir‐ 2.26 V • Or • Con‐ sure Regula‐
Regulator cuit tinu‐ tor Valve -
1 Control • Voltage low side • Fuel cut off active ous N276- . Refer
Circuit/ > 2.78 – 3.33 V • Actuator commanded to
Open off ⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
• Low and high • Engine speed > 600 sure Regula‐
side Off: rpm tor Valve
N276 ,
• Voltage low side • And Checking”,
> 2.78 - 3.33 V page 324 .
•
• Voltage high
side < 1.87 - • Fuel cut off not active
2.26 V • Actuator commanded
• Low and high on
side On:
• Current low side
< 12.2 – 15.0 A
• Current high
side < 13.5 –
16.5 A

P0091 Fuel Con‐ • Current high • Ignition on • 0.8 s • 2 – Check the

Fuel trol Valve side > 13.5 – DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure short to 17.0 A • Or • Con‐ sure Regula‐
Regulator ground tinu‐ tor Valve -
• Ignition off (during ous
1 Control (high ECM keep alive-time) N276- . Refer
Circuit side) to
Low • And ⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
• Actuator commanded sure Regula‐
on tor Valve
N276 ,
Fuel Con‐ • Voltage low side • Ignition on Checking”,
trol Valve < 1.87 - 2.26 V page 324 .
short to • Or
ground • Ignition off (during
(low side) ECM keep alive-time)
• And
• Actuator commanded
off

P0092 Fuel Con‐ • Current low side • Ignition on • 0.8 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel trol Valve > 13.5 – 17.0 A DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure short to • Or • Con‐ sure Regula‐
Regulator battery tinu‐ tor Valve -
• Ignition off (during ous
1 Control plus (low ECM keep alive-time) N276- . Refer
Circuit side) to
High • And ⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
• Actuator commanded sure Regula‐
on tor Valve
N276 ,
Checking”,
page 324 .

56 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Fuel Con‐ • Voltage high • Ignition on
trol Valve side < 2.78 -
short to 3.33 V • Or
battery • Ignition off (during
plus (high ECM keep alive-time)
side)
• And
• Actuator commanded
off

P00AF Turbo‐ • Deviation boost • 1.5 s • 2 – Check the

Turbo‐ charger pressure actua‐ DCY Charge
charger / (TC) tor position con‐ • Con‐ Pressure Ac‐
Super‐ Boost troller > 16.00 % tinu‐ tuator -
charger Pressure ous V465- . Refer
Boost Control • Boost pressure to
Control functional actuator position ⇒ “3.6.9
"A" Mod‐ check: <= 10.00 % Charge
ule Per‐ stuck • Or Pressure Ac‐
formance close tuator V465 /
• Deviation boost Charge
pressure actua‐ Pressure Ac‐
tor position con‐ tuator Posi‐
troller < -16.00 tion Sensor
% G581 ,
Checking”,
• Boost pressure page 306
actuator position
<= 10.00 %

Turbo‐ • Deviation boost

charger pressure actua‐
(TC) tor position con‐
Boost troller > 16.00 %
Pressure
Control • Boost pressure
functional actuator position
check: > 10.00 %
stuck • Or
open
• Deviation boost
pressure actua‐
tor position con‐
troller < -16.00
%
• boost pressure
actuator position
> 10.00 %

Turbo‐ • Boost pressure • Time after engine • 0.4 s

charger actuator position start >= 4.0 s
(TC) controller output • Con‐
Boost > 98.00 % • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐
Control > -40° C ous
Actuator • AAT > -40° C
rationality
check • Diff. setpoint boost
high pressure actuator vs.
actual position boost
pressure actuator <=
100.00 %

3. Diagnosis and Testing 57

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Turbo‐ • Boost pressure
charger actuator position
(TC) controller output
Boost < -98.00 %
Control
Actuator
rationality
check low
P00B7 Rotary • Diff. previous • ECT @ cylinder head • 14.0 • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant and actual posi‐ > 11° C s DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve tion of RVC < Head Cool‐
Flow functional 4.00° • RVC position 0.00 - • Con‐ ant Valve -
Low / check 270.00° tinu‐ N489- . Refer
Perform‐ • And ous to
• Diff. previous actual
ance • Delay time 0.5 s and target position of ⇒ “3.6.10
RVC > 5.00° Cylinder
Head Cool‐
• And ant Valve
N489 ,
• RVC adaptation fin‐ Checking”,
ished page 308
• Or
• RVC adaptation not
active

58 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0106 Manifold • Case 1: charged • Case A: • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Manifold Pressure engine DCY take Mani‐
Absolute Sensor • Engine stop during • Con‐ fold Sensor -
Pres‐ engine • Diff. BARO vs. DCY tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
sure / standing: MAP > 7.50 kPa ous to
• Engine stopped
Baromet‐ cross • Diff. turbocharg‐ ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
ric Pres‐ check er boost pres‐ • Vehicle speed < 1 take Mani‐
sure Sen‐ sure vs. MAP > mph fold Sensor
sor Cir‐ 7.50 kPa GX9 , Check‐
cuit • Engine @ driving cy‐ ing”,
Range/ • Diff. BARO vs. cle not calibrated page 338 .
Perform‐ turbocharger • For time >= 10.0 s
ance boost pressure
<= 7.50 kPa • Case B:
• Case 2: non • Engine stop @ start of
charged engine DCY
• Diff. BARO • Engine stopped
mean value vs.
MAP mean val‐ • Vehicle speed < 1
ue >= not cali‐ mph
brated kPa • Engine @ driving cy‐
• Diff. deviation cle not calibrated
BARO mean
value to mean
value (MAP
mean value,
BARO mean
value, BARO @
ECM keep alive
time and MAP
@ ECM keep
alive time) <=
not calibrated
kPa
• Diff. deviation
MAP mean val‐
ue to mean val‐
ue (MAP mean
value, BARO
mean value,
BARO @ ECM
keep alive time
and MAP @
ECM keep alive
time) > not cali‐
brated kPa
• Diff. BARO
mean value @
ECM keep alive
vs. MAP mean
value @ ECM
keep alive time >
not calibrated
kPa
• Diff. BARO
mean value vs.
MAP mean val‐
ue > not calibra‐
ted kPa

3. Diagnosis and Testing 59

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Manifold • Case 1: charged • Engine stopped
Pressure engine
Sensor • Vehicle speed < 1
ECM • Diff. BARO vs. mph
keep MAP > 7.50 kPa
• ECM keep alive time
alive-time • Diff. BARO vs. 2.0 - 6,553.5 s
cross turbocharger
check boost pressure • Time after engine stop
<= 7.50 kPa >= 5.0 s

• Diff. turbocharg‐ • Barometric pressure

er boost pres‐ sensor voltage 0.20 -
sure vs. MAP > 4.80 V
7.50 kPa • MAP sensor voltage
• Case 2: non 0.20 - 4.80 V
charged engine • Boost pressure sen‐
• Diff. BARO sor voltage 0.20 - 4.80
mean value @ V
ECM keep alive
vs. MAP mean
value > not cali‐
brated kPa

Manifold • Case 1: charged • Throttle position <=

Pressure engine 8.002° TPS
Sensor
fuel cut • Diff. BARO vs. • Engine speed <=
off cross turbocharger 2,500 rpm
check boost pressure
<= 12.00 kPa • And

• Diff. turbocharg‐ • Fuel cut off active

er boost pres‐ • For time >= 2.2 s
sure @ full load
vs. MAP @ full
load > 12.00 kPa
• Case 2: non
charged engine
• MAP > not cali‐
brated kPa

60 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Intake Air • Throttle opening • Intake manifold mod‐ • 0.3 s
System area correction eled adaptation active
rationality included control‐ • Con‐
check ler and adaption • (by throttle opening tinu‐
> 35.00 - 45.00 area) ous
% • Throttle position
• Lambda correc‐ 0.000 - 100.003° TPS
tion included • Engine speed 576 -
controller and 3008 rpm
adaption <
-40.00 % • Pressure quotient @
throttle 0.25 - 0.53
• Fast throttle adapta‐
tion finished
• MAP gradient -20.00 -
20.00 kPa/s
• Fuel cut off not active
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 s
• Turbocharger boost
pressure < 135.00
kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

Intake Air • Throttle opening • Intake manifold mod‐ • 0.3 s

System area correction eled adaptation active
rationality included control‐ • Con‐
check ler and adaption • (by throttle opening tinu‐
< 35.00 - 45.00 area) ous
% • Throttle position
• Lambda correc‐ 0.000 - 100.003° TPS
tion included • Engine speed 576 -
controller and 3008 rpm
adaption >
40.00 % • Pressure quotient @
throttle 0.25 - 0.53
• Fast throttle adapta‐
tion finished
• MAP gradient -20.00 -
20.00 kPa/s
• Fuel cut off not active
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 s
• Turbocharger boost
pressure < 135.00
kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

3. Diagnosis and Testing 61

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Intake Air • Ratio adapted • Intake manifold mod‐
System turbocharger eled adaptation active
rationality boost pressure
check and actual tur‐ • (by turbocharger
bocharger boost boost pressure)
pressure > • Throttle position >
25.00 % 2.998° TPS
• Lambda correc‐ • Engine speed 1,216 -
tion included 6,000 rpm
controller and
adaption < • Modeled pressure
-23.00 % quotient @ throttle
0.43 - 0.95 -
Intake Air • Ratio adapted
System turbocharger • Engine running
rationality boost pressure • Fast throttle adapta‐
check and actual tur‐ tion finished
bocharger boost
pressure < • MAP gradient -20.00 -
-13.00 – -11.00 20.00 kPa/s
%
• Fuel cut off not active
• Lambda correc‐
tion included • Time after engine
controller and start > 5.0 s
adaption > • Boost pressure <
18.00 % 135.00 kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

Manifold • Case 1: charged • Throttle position <= • 1.0 s

Absolute engine 4.500° TPS
Pressure • Con‐
(MAP) • Diff. BARO vs. • Engine speed <= tinu‐
Sensor turbocharger 2300 rpm ous
idle boost pressure
<= 12.00 kPa • And
speed:
cross • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Time since idle speed
check er boost pres‐ > 10.0 s
sure @ full load • For time >= 0.2 s
vs. MAP @ full
load > 12.00 kPa
• Case 2: non
charged engine
• MAP not calibra‐
ted kPa

62 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Manifold • Case 1: charged • Throttle position <=
Absolute engine 8.002° TPS
Pressure
(MAP) • Diff. BARO vs. • Engine speed <=
Sensor turbocharger 2500 rpm
full load: boost pressure
<= 12.00 kPa • And
cross
check • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Fuel cut off active
er boost pres‐ • For time >= 2.2 s
sure @ full load
vs. MAP @ full
load > 12.00 kPa
• Case 2: non
charged engine
• MAP not calibra‐
ted kPa

P0107 Manifold • Intake manifold • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐

Manifold Pressure pressure sensor DCY take Mani‐
Absolute Sensor voltage < 0.20 V • Con‐ fold Sensor -
Pres‐ short to tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
sure / ground ous to
Baromet‐ ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
ric Pres‐ take Mani‐
sure Sen‐ fold Sensor
sor Cir‐ GX9 , Check‐
cuit Low ing”,
page 338 .
P0108 Manifold • Intake manifold • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Manifold Pressure pressure sensor DCY take Mani‐
Absolute Sensor voltage > 4.80 V • Con‐ fold Sensor -
Pres‐ short to tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
sure / battery ous to
Baromet‐ plus ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
ric Pres‐ take Mani‐
sure Sen‐ fold Sensor
sor Cir‐ GX9 , Check‐
cuit High ing”,
page 338 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 63

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0111 Intake Air • High side: refer‐ • Engine off time >= • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Air Tempera‐ ence measuring 360.00 min DCY take Mani‐
Tempera‐ ture (IAT) • Once / fold Sensor -
ture Sen‐ Sensor • Diff. IAT @ • Engine off time plau‐ DCY GX9- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ @ Mani‐ manifold @ cold sible to
cuit fold cross start vs. AAT @ ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
Range / check cold start > 30.0 • Time after engine
take Mani‐
K start <= 410.0 s
Perform‐ fold Sensor
ance • Diff. IAT @ • Depending on tem‐ GX9 , Check‐
Bank 1 manifold @ cold perature slope @ cold ing”,
start vs. ECT @ start: page 338 .
cylinder head @ • Diff. actual vs previ‐
cold start > not ous IAT < 0.8 K
calibrated K
• Diff. actual vs previ‐
• Diff. IAT @ ous ECT@ cylinder
manifold @ cold head < not calibrated
start vs. ECT @ K
radiator outlet @
cold start > 30.0 • Diff. actual vs previ‐
K ous ECT@ radiator
outlet < 0.8 K
• Min. amount of
faulty reference • Diff. actual vs previ‐
measurements ous AAT < 0.8 K
to detect defec‐
tive sensor 2.00 • For time >= 1.0 s
- • depending on mean‐
• Or value condition
• Low side: refer‐ • mean value of all tem‐
ence measuring perature sensors @
cold start >= -38° C
• Diff. AAT @ cold
start vs. IAT @ • number of valid sen‐
manifold @ cold sors >= 2.00 -
start > 30.0 K • depending on block
• Diff. ECT @ cyl‐ heater / solar radiation
inder head @ detection
cold start vs. IAT • time after engine start
@ manifold @ >= 0.5 s
cold start > 30.0
Diff. ECT @ ra‐ • vehicle speed >= 22
• mph
diator outlet @
cold start vs. IAT • for time >= 20.0 s
@ manifold @
cold start > 30.0 • diff. actual IAT @
K manifold vs. min. IAT
@ manifold < 5.0 K
• Min. amount of
faulty reference • diff. actual ECT @ cyl‐
measurements inder head vs. min.
to detect defec‐ ECT @ cylinder head
tive sensor 2.00 not calibrated K
-
• diff. actual AAT vs.
min. AAT < 4.0 K
• diff. actual ECT @ ra‐
diator outlet vs. min.
ECT @ radiator outlet
< 0.5 K

64 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0112 Intake Air • IAT sensor volt‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Air Tempera‐ age < 0.10 V DCY take Mani‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ • Con‐ fold Sensor -
ture Sen‐ sor Short tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ To ous to
cuit Low Ground ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
Bank 1 take Mani‐
fold Sensor
GX9 , Check‐
ing”,
page 338 .
P0113 Intake Air • IAT sensor volt‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Air Tempera‐ age > 4.50 V DCY take Mani‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ • Con‐ fold Sensor -
ture Sen‐ sor Open tinu‐ GX9- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ Circuit ous to
cuit High ⇒ “3.6.25 In‐
Bank 1 take Mani‐
fold Sensor
GX9 , Check‐
ing”,
page 338 .
P0116 Engine • Diff. min temper‐ • Cross checks finished • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant ature of cross DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ check sensors • Once / ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ vs. ECT @ cylin‐ DCY ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ der head @ en‐ - G62- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ Cylinder gine start >= 10° to
cuit Head ra‐ C ⇒ “3.6.11
Range / tionality Engine Cool‐
Perform‐ check in‐ ant Temper‐
ance appropri‐ ature Sensor
ately low G62 , Check‐
Engine • ECT @ cylinder • Cross checks finished ing”,
Coolant head @ engine page 310 .
Tempera‐ start > 115° C • Engine running
ture Sen‐ • Engine off time >=
sor @ 360.00 min
Cylinder
Head ra‐ • Valid AAT signal for
tionality time >= 10.0 s
check
high • Valid engine stop sig‐
nal for time >= 10.0 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 65

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Difference be‐ • ECT @ cylinder head
Coolant tween maximum > -38° C
Tempera‐ and minimum
ture Sen‐ temperature of • IAT @ throttle -38 -
sor @ ECT @ cylinder 71° C
Cylinder head < 2° C • Depending on ther‐
Head ra‐ mostat control:
tionality
check • ECT @ cylinder head
high <= not calibrated ° C
• Or
• ECT @ cylinder head
>= not calibrated ° C
• Engine not calibrated
• And
• Engine part load
• Or
• Engine full load
• Engine speed > 1,300
rpm
• Vehicle speed >= 19
mph
• Engine load > 6.00 %
• For time >= 20.0 - 43.0
s
• Engine idle
• Vehicle speed < 87
mph
• Or
• Fuel cut off active
• Or
• Engine stop
• For time >= 20.0 - 43.0
s
• Time after engine
start > 100.0 s

Engine • Difference be‐ • ECT @ cylinder head • 120.0

Coolant tween modelled -40 - 127° C s
Tempera‐ and measured
ture Sen‐ cylinder head • Time after engine • Once /
sor @ temperature > start > 60.0 s DCY
Cylinder 0.0 K
Head ra‐
tionality
check low

66 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0117 Engine • ECT sensor volt‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant age @ cylinder DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ head < 0.30 V • Con‐ ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ tinu‐ ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ ous - G62- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ Cylinder to
cuit Low Head ⇒ “3.6.11
Short To Engine Cool‐
Ground ant Temper‐
ature Sensor
G62 , Check‐
ing”,
page 310 .
P0118 Engine • ECT sensor volt‐ • IAT @ throttle >= -33° • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant age @ cylinder C DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ head > 4.90 V • Con‐ ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ • Time after engine tinu‐ ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ start > 60.0 s ous - G62- . Refer
sor 1 Cir‐ Cylinder to
cuit High Head ⇒ “3.6.11
Short To Engine Cool‐
Battery / ant Temper‐
Open Cir‐ ature Sensor
cuit G62 , Check‐
ing”,
page 310 .
P0121 Throttle • Normalized dif‐ • Throttle adaptation • 0.01 • 2 – Check the
Throttle / Position ference be‐ (@ initial start or after s DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 1 tween meas‐ detection of throttle Valve Con‐
sition Rationali‐ ured and mod‐ exchange or check‐ • Con‐ trol Module -
Sensor/ ty Check eled value of sum error) not active tinu‐ GX3- . Refer
Switch mass air flow ous to
"A" Cir‐ from TPS 1 >= ⇒ “3.6.31
cuit 1.00 - Throttle
Range / Valve Con‐
Perform‐ • Or trol Module
ance • Relative mass GX3 , Check‐
air flow integral ing”,
from TPS 1 > page 351 .
60.00 -

• Difference be‐ • 0.3 s

tween TPS 1
and TPS 2 > • Con‐
6.499° TPS tinu‐
ous

P0122 Throttle • Throttle position • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the

Throttle / Position sensor 1 voltage DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 1 < 0.15 V • Con‐ Valve Con‐
sition short to tinu‐ trol Module -
Sensor A ground ous GX3- . Refer
Circuit to
Low Input ⇒ “3.6.31
Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 67

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0123 Throttle • Throttle position • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle / Position sensor 1 voltage DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 1 > 4.85 V • Con‐ Valve Con‐
sition short to tinu‐ trol Module -
Sensor / battery ous GX3- . Refer
Switch plus to
"A" Cir‐ ⇒ “3.6.31
cuit High Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .
P0131 Oxygen • O2S sensor volt‐ • Engine running • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age < 0.15 V DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Front • Con‐ sor 1 Before
cuit, Bank short to tinu‐ Catalytic
1 - Sen‐ ground ous Converter -
sor 1 Low GX10- . Re‐
Voltage fer to
⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
Catalytic
Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .
P0132 Oxygen • O2S sensor volt‐ • Engine running • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age > 5.20 - 5.35 DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Front V • Con‐ sor 1 Before
cuit High short to tinu‐ Catalytic
Voltage battery ous Converter -
Bank 1 plus GX10- . Re‐
Sensor 1 fer to
⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
Catalytic
Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .

68 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0133 Oxygen • Dynamic Path: • General conditions: • 2.3 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Front Re‐ • Lambda value • Injection mode • Once / sor 1 Before
cuit Slow sponse vs. modeled change (DFI/MFI) not DCY Catalytic
Re‐ Check lambda value >= active Converter -
sponse 1.00 - GX10- . Re‐
• ECT @ cylinder head
Bank 1 • Or >= -48° C fer to
Sensor 1 ⇒ “3.6.28
• Ratio of failed di‐ • Vehicle speed > 0 Oxygen Sen‐
agnostic cycle mph sor 1 Before
not calibrated - Catalytic
• Integrated air mass Converter
after gear change > GX10 ,
0.0 g Checking”,
page 344 .
• Air mass , lower range
>= 0.00 mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 1,389.00
mg/rev
• Counter of integrated
mass for fuel in oil <
255.00 -
• And
• Time after engine
start >= 0.0 s
• Or
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.00
kg
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 g
• Depending on canis‐
ter and catalyst purge:
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or evap purge not
calibrated
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Canister load not cali‐
brated
• And case 1:

3. Diagnosis and Testing 69

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• O2S front not calibra‐
ted
• Lambda stimulation
not calibrated
• Upper limit of lambda
controller output not
calibrated
• Lower limit of lambda
controller output not
calibrated
• Engine speed not cali‐
brated rpm
• Air mass not calibra‐
ted mg/rev
• MAF not calibrated
kg/h
• Catalyst purge not
calibrated
• And depending on
limited dynamic con‐
ditions:
• Integrated air mass
not calibrated g
• Dynamic engine
speed not calibrated g
• Dynamic air mass not
calibrated mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda not
calibrated %
• Or
• Dynamic engine
speed not calibrated
rpm
• Diff. actual engine
load vs. filtered en‐
gine load in limited dy‐
namic conditions, low‐
er range not calibra‐
ted kg/h
• Diff. actual engine
load vs. filtered en‐
gine load in limited dy‐
namic conditions, up‐
per range not calibra‐
ted kg/h
• Dynamic torque not
calibrated -
• Case 2:

70 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Lambda set value ad‐
justment for condition‐
ing and measuring ac‐
tive

3. Diagnosis and Testing 71

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Delay Path: • General conditions: • 10.0 s
• Lambda delay
value vs. mod‐ • Air mass , lower range
eled lambda val‐ >= 0.00 mg/rev
ue > 1.00 - • Air mass , upper
range <= 550 -
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Vehicle speed >= 3
mph
• Time after engine
start >= 0.0 s
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
active
• Counter of integrated
mass for fuel in oil <
255.00 -
• Engine speed 992 -
3,200 rpm
• MAF (intake air rate)
25.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Vehicle speed >= 3
mph
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
4.09 kg
• Depending on dynam‐
ic conditions:
• Dynamic engine
speed < 160 rpm
• Dynamic torque <
100.00 Nm
• Dynamic MAF <
2,047.97 kg/h
• For time >= 0.6 s
• And depending on
canister and catalyst
purge:
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated

72 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Canister load calcula‐ • Once /
tion not calibrated DCY
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -

P0135 Oxygen • O2S ceramic • O2S heater comman‐ • 20.0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors temp. < 630° C ded on s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heat‐ Heater sor 1 Before
er Circuit Front • For time >= 10.0 s • Con‐ Catalytic
Bank 1 functional tinu‐ Converter -
Sensor 1 check ous GX10- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
Catalytic
Converter
GX10 ,
Checking”,
page 344 .
P0137 Oxygen • O2S sensor volt‐ • O2S heater active • 0.6 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age < 0.15 V DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Rear • Con‐ sor 1 After
cuit Low short to tinu‐ Catalytic
Voltage ground ous Converter -
Bank 1 GX7- . Refer
Sensor 2 to
⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P0138 Oxygen • O2S sensor volt‐ • O2S heater active • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age > 5.2 - 5.35 DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Rear V • Con‐ sor 1 After
cuit High short to tinu‐ Catalytic
Voltage battery ous Converter -
Bank 1 GX7- . Refer
Sensor 2 to
⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 73

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P013A Oxygen • Gradient sensor General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors voltage < 900.00 • Intrusive lambda (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Slow Rear re‐ mV/s ramp request not ac‐ 50) s sor 1 After
Re‐ sponse tive Catalytic
sponse - check • Once / Converter -
Rich to • Internal resistance DCY GX7- . Refer
Lean O2S rear <= 700.00 to
Bank 1 Ohm ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 • Counter of integrated Oxygen Sen‐
mass for fuel in oil < sor 1 After
255.00 - Catalytic
Converter
• Catalyst monitor GX7 , Check‐
lambda modulation ing”,
request active page 347 .
• Vehicle speed 0 - 158
mph
• Barometric pressure
>= 0.00 kPa
• Catalyst overheating
protection not active
• Turbine overheating
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 170.01 - 200.00
mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev

74 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• And
• Engine load not cali‐
brated %
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated %
• For time not calibrated
s
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not equipped

3. Diagnosis and Testing 75

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 g
• And
• Depending on Lamb‐
da control:
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or depending on can‐
ister purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated

76 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
5.00 kg

3. Diagnosis and Testing 77

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P013B Oxygen • Gradient sensor General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors voltage < 750.00 • Intrusive lambda (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Slow Rear re‐ mV/s ramp request not ac‐ 50) s sor 1 After
Re‐ sponse tive Catalytic
sponse - check • Once / Converter -
Lean to • Internal resistance DCY GX7- . Refer
Rich O2S rear <= 700.00 to
Bank 1 Ohm ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 • Counter of integrated Oxygen Sen‐
mass for fuel in oil < sor 1 After
255.00 - Catalytic
Converter
• Catalyst monitor GX7 , Check‐
lambda modulation ing”,
request active page 347 .
• Vehicle speed >= 0
mph
• Barometric pressure
>= 0.00 kPa
• Catalyst overheating
protection not active
• Turbine overheating
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450 – 1775°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear -273 - 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 180.01 - 210.00
mg/rev

78 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev
• injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
active
• And
• Engine load not cali‐
brated %
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated %
• For time not calibrated
s
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 g
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17,990.00 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %

3. Diagnosis and Testing 79

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not equipped
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Depending on Lamb‐
da control:
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or depending on can‐
ister purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated

80 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 1.50 -
5.00 kg

3. Diagnosis and Testing 81

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P013E Oxygen • Sensor signal General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors delay time > 0.9 • Intrusive lambda (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor De‐ Rear de‐ s ramp request not ac‐ 50) s sor 1 After
layed Re‐ layed re‐ tive Catalytic
sponse - sponse • Once / Converter -
Rich to monitor‐ • Catalyst monitor DCY GX7- . Refer
Lean ing, delay lambda modulation to
Bank 1 measure‐ request active ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 ment • Vehicle speed >= 0 Oxygen Sen‐
mph sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Barometric pressure Converter
>= 0.00 kPa GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
• Catalyst overheating page 347 .
protection not active
• Turbine overheating
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• internal resistance
O2S rear <= 700.00
Ohm
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 170.01 - 200.00
mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev
• And
• Engine load not cali‐
brated %

82 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated %
• For time not calibrated
s
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 [g]
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not equipped

3. Diagnosis and Testing 83

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• And
• Depending on Lamb‐
da control:
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or depending on can‐
ister purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or

84 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
5.00 kg

3. Diagnosis and Testing 85

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P013F Oxygen • Delayed re‐ General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors sponse monitor‐ • Intrusive lambda (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor De‐ Rear de‐ ing, delay meas‐ ramp request not ac‐ 50) s sor 1 After
layed Re‐ layed re‐ urement > 1.0 s tive Catalytic
sponse - sponse • Once / Converter -
Lean to monitor‐ • Catalyst monitor DCY GX7- . Refer
Rich ing, delay lambda modulation to
Bank 1 measure‐ request active ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 ment • Vehicle speed >= 0 Oxygen Sen‐
mph sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Barometric pressure Converter
>= 0.00 kPa GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
• Catalyst overheating page 347 .
protection not active
• Turbine overheating
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• Internal resistance
O2S rear <= 700.00
Ohm
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 170.01 - 200.00
mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
active

86 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• And
• Engine load not cali‐
brated %
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated %
• For time not calibrated
s
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 [g]
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive

3. Diagnosis and Testing 87

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not equipped
• Depending on scav‐
enging:
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 [g]
• And
• Depending on Lamb‐
da control:
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or depending on can‐
ister purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated

88 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
5.00 kg

P0140 Oxygen • Internal resist‐ • 2.5 s • 2 – Check the

O2 Sen‐ Sensors ance of O2S (bi‐ DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Cir‐ Rear nary) > • Con‐ sor 1 After
cuit No open cir‐ 25,000.00 tinu‐ Catalytic
Activity cuit Ohms ous Converter -
Detected GX7- . Refer
Bank 1 to
Sensor 2 ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P0141 Oxygen • Internal resist‐ • O2S heater comman‐ • 20.0 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors ance of O2S (bi‐ ded on DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heat‐ Heater nary) 700.00 – • Once / sor 1 After
er Circuit Rear out 25,000 Ohms • For time >= 20.0 s DCY Catalytic
Bank 1 of range Converter -
Sensor 2 high GX7- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P0149 Injection • Boost voltage < • Engine running >= 0.3 • 3.6 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Tim‐ Valves 30.00 V s DCY Fuel Injec‐
ing Error Supply • Con‐ tors . Refer to
Voltage • Or tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
out of ous Fuel Injec‐
• Boost voltage
range low <= 50.00 V tor , Check‐
ing”,
page 322 .
Injection • Boost voltage >
Valves 75.00 V
Supply
Voltage
out of
range
high

3. Diagnosis and Testing 89

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0171 Fuel Sys‐ • Lambda control‐ • Lambda control • 50.0 • 2 – Check the
System tem Too ler output > closed loop s DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Lean Lean 35.00 % sure Sensor -
Bank 1 • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • Con‐ G247- . Re‐
rev tinu‐ fer to
ous ⇒ “3.6.19
• Engine speed > 576
rpm Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• ECT @ cylinder head G247 ,
> 20° C Checking”,
page 326 .
• IAT @ manifold > -48°
C – Check the
Fuel Injec‐
• AAT > -48° C tor . Refer to
• And ⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Injec‐
• Evap purge valve tor , Check‐
closed ing”,
page 322 .
• Or
• Canister load <= 1.20 – Check the
- Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Evap purge flow at Catalytic
max. value Converter -
GX10- . Re‐
• Or fer to
• Depending on canis‐ ⇒ “3.6.28
ter purge min: Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Lower limit of lambda Catalytic
controller output not Converter
calibrated GX10 ,
Checking”,
• Or page 344 .
• Upper limit of lambda
controller output not – Check the
Oxygen Sen‐
calibrated sor 1 After
• And Catalytic
Converter -
• Evap purge flow at GX7- . Refer
min. value to
⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .

– Check the
EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 -
N80- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

90 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Checking”,
page 316 .

– Check the in‐

take system
visually for
leaks (false
air).

3. Diagnosis and Testing 91

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0172 Fuel Sys‐ • lambda control‐ • Lambda control • 50.0 • 2 – Check the
System tem Too ler output < closed loop s DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Rich Rich -35.00 % sure Sensor -
Bank 1 • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • Con‐ G247- . Re‐
rev tinu‐ fer to
ous ⇒ “3.6.19
• Engine speed > 576
rpm Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• ECT @ cylinder head G247 ,
> 20° C Checking”,
page 326 .
• IAT @ manifold > -48°
C – Check the
Fuel Injec‐
• AAT > -48° C tors . Refer to
• Oil dilution not detec‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
ted Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• And ing”,
page 322 .
• Evap purge valve
closed – Check the
• Or Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Canister load <= 1.20 Catalytic
- Converter -
GX10- . Re‐
• Evap purge flow at fer to
max. value ⇒ “3.6.28
• Or Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Depending on canis‐ Catalytic
ter purge min: Converter
GX10 ,
• Lower limit of lambda Checking”,
controller output not page 344 .
calibrated
• Or – Check the
Oxygen Sen‐
• Upper limit of lambda sor 1 After
controller output not Catalytic
calibrated Converter -
GX7- . Refer
• And to
⇒ “3.6.29
• Evap purge flow at Oxygen Sen‐
min. value sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .

– Check the
EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 -
N80- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

92 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Checking”,
page 316 .
P0190 Fuel Sys‐ • High fuel pres‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel tem Pres‐ sure sensor volt‐ DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure sure Sen‐ age > 4.8 V • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Regulator sor, High tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
1 Control Pressure ous fer to
Circuit/ Side ⇒ “3.6.19
Open short to Fuel Pres‐
battery / sure Sensor
open cir‐ G247 ,
cuit Checking”,
page 326 .

– Check the
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve -
N276- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve
N276 ,
Checking”,
page 324 .
P0191 Fuel Rail, • Fuel pressure > • Engine speed > 512; < • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail High 27,499.96 kPa 6,816 rpm DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure Pressure • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Sensor Side Out • Time after engine tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Circuit Of Range start > 10.0 s ous fer to
Range/ High ⇒ “3.6.19
Perform‐ Fuel Pres‐
ance sure Sensor
Bank 1 G247 ,
Checking”,
page 326 .

– Check the
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve -
N276- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve
N276 ,
Checking”,
page 324 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 93

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0192 Fuel Sys‐ • High fuel pres‐ • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail tem Pres‐ sure sensor volt‐ DCY Fuel Pres‐
Pressure sure Sen‐ age < 0.2 V • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Sensor sor, High tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Circuit Pressure ous fer to
Low Bank Side ⇒ “3.6.19
1 short to Fuel Pres‐
ground sure Sensor
G247 ,
Checking”,
page 326 .

– Check the
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve -
N276- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.18
Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
tor Valve
N276 ,
Checking”,
page 324 .
P0201 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Injector Open Cir‐ powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ cuit agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .
Injection • Fault pattern for
Valves short circuit via
short cir‐ powerstage di‐
cuit agnosis detec‐
ted
• Injector current
rise time during
peak phase <
0.064 ms

94 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Indeterminate • Engine running
Valves fault pattern via
electrical powerstage di‐
error agnosis detec‐
ted
• And
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector high
side switch cur‐
rent > 25
• Or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 95

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Injector high • ECT @ cylinder head
side switch cur‐ >= -30° C
rent > 25.0
• Engine speed < 7,000
• Or rpm
• Power stage • Injection time >= 0.0 s
temperature >
150° C

P0202 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Injector Open Cir‐ powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ cuit agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .
Injection • Fault pattern for
Valves short circuit via
short cir‐ powerstage di‐
cuit agnosis detec‐
ted
• Injector current
rise time during
peak phase <
0.064 ms

96 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Indeterminate • Engine running
Valves fault pattern via
electrical powerstage di‐
error agnosis detec‐
ted
• And
• injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 [A]
• Or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector high
side switch cur‐
rent > 25
• or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 97

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Injector high • ECT @ cylinder head
side switch cur‐ >= -30° C
rent > 25.0
• Engine speed < 7,000
• Or rpm
• Power stage • Injection time >= 0.0 s
temperature >
150° C

P0203 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Injector Open Cir‐ powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ cuit agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .
Injection • Fault pattern for
Valves short circuit via
short cir‐ powerstage di‐
cuit agnosis detec‐
ted
• Injector current
rise time during
peak phase <
0.064 ms

98 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Indeterminate • Engine running
Valves fault pattern via
electrical powerstage di‐
error agnosis detec‐
ted
• And
• injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector high
side switch cur‐
rent > 25
• or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 99

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Injector high • ECT @ cylinder head
side switch cur‐ >= -30° C
rent > 25.0
• Engine speed < 7,000
• Or rpm
• Power stage • Injection time >= 0.0 s
temperature >
150° C

P0204 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Injector Open Cir‐ powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ cuit agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .
Injection • Fault pattern for
Valves short circuit via
short cir‐ powerstage di‐
cuit agnosis detec‐
ted
• Injector current
rise time during
peak phase <
0.064 ms

100 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Indeterminate • Engine running
Valves fault pattern via
electrical powerstage di‐
error agnosis detec‐
ted
• And
• injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector high
side switch cur‐
rent > 25
• or
• Injector low side
voltage < 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
25
• Or
• Injector voltage
< 2.0 V
• Injector low side
switch current >
9.0 – 14.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm
• Injector low side
switch current >
25.0 A
• Or
• Injector load re‐
sistance to
ground and bat‐
tery > 20.0 Ohm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 101

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Injector high • ECT @ cylinder head
side switch cur‐ >= -30° C
rent > 25.0
• Engine speed < 7,000
• Or rpm
• Power stage • Injection time >= 0.0 s
temperature >
150° C

P0221 Throttle • Normalized dif‐ • Throttle adaptation • 0.01 • 2 – Check the

Throttle/ Position ference be‐ (@ initial start or after s DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 2 tween meas‐ detection of throttle Valve Con‐
sition Rationali‐ ured and mod‐ exchange or check‐ • Con‐ trol Module -
Sensor/ ty Check eled value of sum error) not active tinu‐ GX3- . Refer
Switch mass air flow ous to
"B" Cir‐ from TPS 2 >= ⇒ “3.6.31
cuit 1.00 - Throttle
Range/ Valve Con‐
Perform‐ • Or trol Module
ance • Relative mass GX3 , Check‐
air flow integral ing”,
from TPS 2 > page 351 .
60.00 -

P0222 Throttle • Throttle position • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the

Throttle/ Position sensor 2 voltage DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 2 < 0.15 V • Con‐ Valve Con‐
sition short to tinu‐ trol Module -
Sensor/ ground ous GX3- . Refer
Switch to
"B" Cir‐ ⇒ “3.6.31
cuit Low Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .
P0223 Throttle • Throttle position • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ Position sensor 2 voltage DCY Throttle
Pedal Po‐ Sensor 2 > 4.85 V • Con‐ Valve Con‐
sition short to tinu‐ trol Module -
Sensor/ battery ous GX3- . Refer
Switch plus to
"B" Cir‐ ⇒ “3.6.31
cuit High Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .
P0230 COM: • Phase current > • 1.5 s • 2 – Replace the
Fuel Fuel 50 A DCY Engine Con‐
Pump Pump • Con‐ trol Module -
Control Control • Number of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Module Module checks 2 [-] ous to appropri‐
(FPCM) (FPCM) ate repair
short cir‐ manual.
cuit

102 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
COM: • Phase current < • 1.7 s
Fuel 3A
Pump • Con‐
Control • Rotating field tinu‐
Module not detected ous
(FPCM)
open cir‐
cuit
P0236 Turbo‐ • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Case 1: engine stop • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Turbo‐ charger er boost pres‐ during DCY DCY Charge Air
charger/ Boost sure vs. MAP > • Con‐ Pressure
Super‐ Pressure 7.50 kPa • Engine stopped tinu‐ Sensor -
charger Sensor ous G31- . Refer
Boost engine • Diff. BARO vs. • Vehicle speed < 1
to
turbocharger mph
Sensor standing ⇒ “3.6.8
"A" Cir‐ cross boost pressure • Engine @ driving cy‐ Charge Air
cuit check > 7.50 kPa cle not calibrated Pressure
Range/ • Diff. BARO vs. Sensor G31 ,
Perform‐ • For time >= 10.0 s Checking”,
MAP <= 7.50
ance kPa page 304 .
• Case 2: engine stop
@ start of DCY – Check the
• Engine stopped Charge
Pressure Ac‐
• Vehicle speed < 1 tuator -
mph V465- . Refer
to
• Engine @ driving cy‐ ⇒ “3.6.9
cle not calibrated Charge
Pressure Ac‐
Turbo‐ • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Engine stopped tuator V465 /
charger er boost pres‐ Charge
Boost sure vs. MAP > • Vehicle speed < 1
Pressure Ac‐
Pressure 7.50 kPa mph
tuator Posi‐
Sensor tion Sensor
ECM • Diff. BARO vs. • ECM keep alive-time
turbocharger 2.0 - 6,553.5 s G581 ,
keep Checking”,
alive-time boost pressure • Time after engine stop
> 7.50 kPa page 306
cross >= 5.0 s
check • Diff. BARO vs. • Barometric pressure
MAP <= 7.50 sensor voltage 0.20 -
kPa 4.80 V
• MAP sensor voltage
0.20 - 4.80 V
• Boost pressure sen‐
sor voltage 0.20 - 4.80
V

Turbo‐ • Diff. BARO vs. • Throttle position <=

charger turbocharger 4.500° TPS
Boost boost pressure
Pressure > 12.00 kPa • Engine speed <=
Sensor 2,300 rpm
idle • Diff. turbocharg‐
er boost pres‐ • And
speed
cross sure @ full load • Time since idle speed
check vs. MAP @ full > 10.0 s
load > 12.00 kPa
• For time >= 0.2 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 103

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Turbo‐ • Diff. BARO vs. • Throttle position <=
charger turbocharger 8.002° TPS
Boost boost pressure
Pressure > 12.00 kPa • Engine speed <=
Sensor 2,500 rpm
fuel cut • Diff. turbocharg‐
er boost pres‐ • And
off cross
check sure @ full load • Fuel cut off active
vs. MAP @ full
load > 12.00 kPa • For time >= 2.2 s

Turbo‐ • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Engine speed

charger er boost pres‐ 1000...8160 rpm
Boost sure vs. MAP >
Pressure 12.00 kPa • Throttle position >=
Sensor 32.298 – 77.004° TPS
full load • Case 1:
• For time >= 0.2 s
cross • Diff. BARO vs.
check turbocharger
boost pressure
@ fuel cut off >
12.00 kPa
• Case 2:
• Diff. BARO vs.
turbocharger
boost pressure
@ idle speed >
12.00 kPa

P0237 Turbo‐ • Turbocharger • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the

Turbo‐ charger boost pressure DCY Charge Air
charger/ Boost sensor voltage < • Con‐ Pressure
Super‐ Pressure 0.20 V tinu‐ Sensor -
charger Sensor ous G31- . Refer
Boost Short To to
Sensor Ground ⇒ “3.6.8
"A" Cir‐ Charge Air
cuit Low Pressure
Sensor G31 ,
Checking”,
page 304 .

– Check the
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator -
V465- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.9
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306

104 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0238 Turbo‐ • Turbocharger • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Turbo‐ charger boost pressure DCY Charge Air
charger/ Boost sensor voltage > • Con‐ Pressure
Super‐ Pressure 4.80 V tinu‐ Sensor -
charger Sensor ous G31- . Refer
Boost Short To to
Sensor Battery / ⇒ “3.6.8
"A" Cir‐ Open Cir‐ Charge Air
cuit High cuit Pressure
Sensor G31 ,
Checking”,
page 304 .

– Check the
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator -
V465- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.9
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306
P025A Fuel • Signal voltage, • Commanded PWM • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Pump lower range > 9.80 - 90.20 % DCY Fuel Delivery
Pump Open Cir‐ 1.92 - 2.21 V • Con‐ Unit - GX1- .
Module cuit • Actuator commanded tinu‐ Refer to
"A" Con‐ • And off ous ⇒ “3.6.16
trol Cir‐ • Signal voltage, Fuel Delivery
cuit/Open upper range < Unit GX1 /
2.84 - 3.25 V Fuel Pump
Control Mod‐
ule J538 ,
Checking”,
page 320 .
P025C Fuel • Signal voltage < • Commanded PWM • 3.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Pump 1.92 - 2.21 V 9.80 - 90.20 % DCY Fuel Delivery
Pump Short To • Con‐ Unit - GX1- .
Module Ground • Actuator commanded tinu‐ Refer to
"A" Con‐ off ous ⇒ “3.6.16
trol Cir‐ Fuel Delivery
cuit Low Unit GX1 /
Fuel Pump
Control Mod‐
ule J538 ,
Checking”,
page 320 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 105

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P025D Fuel • Power stage • Commanded PWM • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Pump temperature > 9.80 - 90.20 % DCY Fuel Delivery
Pump Short To 160.0 - 200.0° C • Con‐ Unit - GX1- .
Module Battery • Actuator commanded tinu‐ Refer to
"A" Con‐ Plus • Or on ous ⇒ “3.6.16
trol Cir‐ • Signal current > Fuel Delivery
cuit High 100 – 180 mA Unit GX1 /
Fuel Pump
Control Mod‐
ule J538 ,
Checking”,
page 320 .
P0261 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Injector Short To powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Ground agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit Low ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage < 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
ground • And >= -30° C • Con‐
(high tinu‐
• Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage < 2.0 V
Short To
Ground • And
(Low • Injector driver
Side) high side switch
current < 25.0 A
• And
• Injector driver
low side switch
current < 25.0 A

P0262 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves short to battery CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Injector Short To plus via power‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Battery stage diagnosis >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit High Plus detected tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector voltage ing”,
> 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage > 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
battery • And >= -30° C • Con‐
plus (high • tinu‐
Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms

106 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage > 2.0 V
short to
battery • And
plus (low • Injector driver
side) low side switch
current > 25.0 A

P0264 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Injector Short To powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Ground agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit Low ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage < 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
ground • And >= -30° C • Con‐
(high tinu‐
• Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage < 2.0 V
Short To
Ground • And
(Low • Injector driver
Side) high side switch
current < 25.0 A
• And
• Injector driver
low side switch
current < 25.0 A

P0265 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves short to battery CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Injector Short To plus via power‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Battery stage diagnosis >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit High Plus detected tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector voltage ing”,
> 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage > 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
battery • And >= -30° C • Con‐
plus (high • tinu‐
Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 107

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage > 2.0 V
short to
battery • And
plus (low • Injector driver
side) low side switch
current > 25.0 A

P0267 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Injector Short To powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Ground agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit Low ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage < 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
ground • And >= -30° C • Con‐
(high tinu‐
• Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage < 2.0 V
Short To
Ground • And
(Low • Injector driver
Side) high side switch
current < 25.0 A
• And
• Injector driver
low side switch
current < 25.0 A

P0268 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves short to battery CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Injector Short To plus via power‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Battery stage diagnosis >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit High Plus detected tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector voltage ing”,
> 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage > 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
battery • And >= -30° C • Con‐
plus (high • tinu‐
Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms

108 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage > 2.0 V
short to
battery • And
plus (low • Injector driver
side) low side switch
current > 25.0 A

P0270 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves open circuit via CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Injector Short To powerstage di‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Ground agnosis detec‐ >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit Low ted tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector low side ing”,
voltage < 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage < 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
ground • And >= -30° C • Con‐
(high tinu‐
• Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage < 2.0 V
Short To
Ground • And
(Low • Injector driver
Side) high side switch
current < 25.0 A
• And
• Injector driver
low side switch
current < 25.0 A

P0271 Injection • Fault pattern for • Engine stop not active • 8,640°• 2 – Check the
Cylinder Valves short to battery CRK DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Injector Short To plus via power‐ • ECT @ cylinder head tors . Refer to
"A" Cir‐ Battery stage diagnosis >= -30° C • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
cuit High Plus detected tinu‐ Fuel Injec‐
• Engine speed < 7,000 ous
rpm tor , Check‐
• Injector voltage ing”,
> 2.0 V • Injection time >= 0.0 s page 322 .

Injection • Injector driver • Engine running • 720°

Valves voltage > 2.0 V CRK
short to • ECT @ cylinder head
battery • And >= -30° C • Con‐
plus (high • tinu‐
Injector driver • Engine speed < 7,000 ous
side) high side switch rpm
current > 25.0 A
• Injection time >= 0 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 109

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Injection • Injector driver
Valves voltage > 2.0 V
short to
battery • And
plus (low • Injector driver
side) low side switch
current > 25.0 A

P02CC Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction < ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (bot‐ -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Min tom limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02CD Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction > ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (top -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Max limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

110 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P02CE Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction < ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (bot‐ -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Min tom limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02CF Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction > ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (top -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Max limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02D0 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction < ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (bot‐ -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Min tom limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

3. Diagnosis and Testing 111

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P02D1 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction > ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (top -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Max limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02D2 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction < ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (bot‐ -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Min tom limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02D3 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem of cylinder indi‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Fuel In‐ adapta‐ vidual min. fuel 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
jector Off‐ tion value mass injection kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
set monitor‐ time correction > ous Fuel Injec‐
Learning ing (top -176 – 176 μs • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
At Max limit) -48 – 143° C ing”,
Limit • Diff. electrically page 322 .
actuated and hy‐ • Modeled fuel temper‐
draulically actu‐ ature @ injector -48 –
ated start of in‐ 143° C
jection 80 – 804 • Engine speed 0 –
μs 5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

112 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P02EE Fuel Sys‐ • Injection close • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem time not detec‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
1 Injector adapta‐ ted 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
Circuit tion moni‐ kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
Range/ toring • OR ous Fuel Injec‐
Perform‐ functional • • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
Fuel injector in‐ -48 – 143° C
ance check duction voltage ing”,
not detected • Modeled fuel temper‐ page 322 .
ature @ injector -48 –
143° C
• Engine speed 0 –
5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02EF Fuel Sys‐ • Injection close • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem time not detec‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
2 Injector adapta‐ ted 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
Circuit tion moni‐ kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
Range/ toring • OR ous Fuel Injec‐
Perform‐ functional • • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
Fuel injector in‐ -48 – 143° C
ance check duction voltage ing”,
not detected • Modeled fuel temper‐ page 322 .
ature @ injector -48 –
143° C
• Engine speed 0 –
5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P02F0 Fuel Sys‐ • Injection close • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem time not detec‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
3 Injector adapta‐ ted 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
Circuit tion moni‐ kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
Range/ toring • OR ous Fuel Injec‐
Perform‐ functional • • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
Fuel injector in‐ -48 – 143° C
ance check duction voltage ing”,
not detected • Modeled fuel temper‐ page 322 .
ature @ injector -48 –
143° C
• Engine speed 0 –
5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

3. Diagnosis and Testing 113

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P02F1 Fuel Sys‐ • Injection close • Fuel pressure (high • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem time not detec‐ pressure side) DCY Fuel Injec‐
4 Injector adapta‐ ted 4,000.21 – 34,777.60 • Con‐ tors . Refer to
Circuit tion moni‐ kPa tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
Range/ toring • OR ous Fuel Injec‐
Perform‐ functional • • ECT @ cylinder head tor , Check‐
Fuel injector in‐ -48 – 143° C
ance check duction voltage ing”,
not detected • Modeled fuel temper‐ page 322 .
ature @ injector -48 –
143° C
• Engine speed 0 –
5,024 rpm
• Vehicle speed <= 407
mph
• Fuel mass setpoint <=
1,389.00 mg/rev
• Fuel cut off not active

P0300 Misfire • Number of cylin‐ • Emission threshold • 1,000 • 2 – Check the

Random/ Crank‐ ders with emis‐ misfire detected Rev. DCY spark plugs.
Multiple shaft sion threshold
Cylinder Speed misfire within • Con‐ – Check the in‐
Misfire Fluctua‐ 4,000 revolu‐ tinu‐ take system
Detected tion (Sin‐ tions >= 2.00 - ous visually for
gle Or leaks.
Multiple) • Or
• Number of cylin‐ – Check the
ders with emis‐ Fuel Injec‐
sion threshold tors . Refer to
misfire within ⇒ “3.6.17
1,000 revolu‐ Fuel Injec‐
tions >= 2.00 - tor , Check‐
ing”,
page 322 .
• Number of cylin‐ • Catalyst damage mis‐ • 200 • Im‐
ders with cata‐ fire detected Rev. me‐ – Check the Ig‐
lyst damaging dia‐ nition Coils
misfire >= 2.00 - • Con‐ tely
tinu‐ with Power
ous Output
Stage . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P0301 Misfire • Catalyst dam‐ • Initial engine speed > • 200 • Im‐ – Check the
Cylinder Crank‐ age misfire: cat‐ 550 rpm Rev. me‐ spark plugs.
1 Misfire shaft alyst damaging dia‐
Detected Speed misfire rate > • Engine speed > 550 • Con‐ tely – Check the in‐
Fluctua‐ 5.81 - 22.73 % rpm tinu‐ take system
tion (Sin‐ ous visually for
• Engine speed < 7,200
gle Or rpm leaks.
Multiple)
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 0.0 s Fuel Injec‐
tors . Refer to
• Engine load > 1.14 - ⇒ “3.6.17
35.00 % Fuel Injec‐

114 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Emission thresh‐ • Depending on ECT @ • 1,000 • 2 tor , Check‐
old misfire cylinder head @ start Rev. DCY ing”,
within_1000_rev: • ECT @ cylinder head page 322 .
emission thresh‐ • Con‐
@ engine start <= tinu‐ – Check the Ig‐
old misfire rate -48° C ous nition Coils
(MR) > 2.65 %
• Then activation if with Power
Output
• ECT @ cylinder head Stage . Refer
>= 20° C to
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
• Or nition Coils
With Power
• ECT @ cylinder head Output
@ engine start > -48° Stage ,
C Checking”,
• And page 332 .
• Fuel cut off not active
• Or
• Single fuel cut off not
active
• Or
• Number of fade out
cylinders < 2.00 -
• And
• Dynamic manifold air
pressure <= not cali‐
brated kPa
• Dynamic throttle posi‐
tion <= not calibrated
° TPS/s
• And
• Dynamic of engine
load <= not calibrated
%
• And
• Engine not calibrated
• Engine speed < not
calibrated rpm
• Dynamic of ignition
angle <= not calibra‐
ted ° CRK
• Or
• Dynamic of ignition
angle <= not calibra‐
ted ° CRK
• And
• Rough road not detec‐
ted

3. Diagnosis and Testing 115

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0302 Misfire • Catalyst dam‐ • Initial engine speed > • 200 • Im‐ – Check the
Cylinder Crank‐ age misfire: cat‐ 550 rpm Rev. me‐ spark plugs.
2 Misfire shaft alyst damaging dia‐
Detected Speed misfire rate > • Engine speed > 550 • Con‐ tely – Check the in‐
Fluctua‐ 5.81 - 22.73 % rpm tinu‐ take system
tion (Sin‐ ous visually for
• Engine speed < 7,200
gle Or rpm leaks.
Multiple)
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 0.0 s Fuel Injec‐
tors . Refer to
• Engine load > 1.14 - ⇒ “3.6.17
35.00 % Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Depending on ECT @ ing”,
cylinder head @ start page 322 .
• ECT @ cylinder head
@ engine start <= – Check the Ig‐
-48° C nition Coils
with Power
• Then activation if Output
Stage . Refer
• ECT @ cylinder head to
>= 20° C ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
• Or nition Coils
With Power
• ECT @ cylinder head Output
@ engine start > -48° Stage ,
C Checking”,
page 332 .
• And
• Fuel cut off not active
• Or
• Single fuel cut off not
active
• Or
• Number of fade out
cylinders < 2.00 -
• And
• Dynamic manifold air
pressure <= not cali‐
brated kPa
• Dynamic throttle posi‐
tion <= not calibrated
° TPS/s
• And
• Dynamic of engine
load <= not calibrated
%
• And
• Engine not calibrated
• Engine speed < not
calibrated rpm

116 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Emission thresh‐ • Dynamic of ignition • 1,000 • 2
old misfire angle <= not calibra‐ Rev. DCY
within_1000_rev: ted ° CRK
emission thresh‐ • Or • Con‐
old misfire rate tinu‐
(MR) > 2.65 % • Dynamic of ignition ous
angle <= not calibra‐
ted ° CRK
• And
• Rough road not detec‐
ted

3. Diagnosis and Testing 117

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0303 Misfire • Catalyst dam‐ • Initial engine speed > • 200 • Im‐ – Check the
Cylinder Crank‐ age misfire: cat‐ 550 rpm Rev. me‐ spark plugs.
3 Misfire shaft alyst damaging dia‐
Detected Speed misfire rate > • Engine speed > 550 • Con‐ tely – Check the in‐
Fluctua‐ 5.81 - 22.73 % rpm tinu‐ take system
tion (Sin‐ ous visually for
• Engine speed < 7,200
gle Or rpm leaks.
Multiple)
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 0.0 s Fuel Injec‐
tors . Refer to
• Engine load > 1.14 - ⇒ “3.6.17
35.00 % Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Depending on ECT @ ing”,
cylinder head @ start page 322 .
• ECT @ cylinder head
@ engine start <= – Check the Ig‐
-48° C nition Coils
with Power
• Then activation if Output
Stage . Refer
• ECT @ cylinder head to
>= 20° C ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
• Or nition Coils
With Power
• ECT @ cylinder head Output
@ engine start > -48° Stage ,
C Checking”,
page 332 .
• And
• Fuel cut off not active
• Or
• Single fuel cut off not
active
• Or
• Number of fade out
cylinders < 2.00 -
• And
• Dynamic manifold air
pressure <= not cali‐
brated kPa
• Dynamic throttle posi‐
tion <= not calibrated
° TPS/s
• And
• Dynamic of engine
load <= not calibrated
%
• And
• Engine not calibrated
• Engine speed < not
calibrated rpm

118 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Emission thresh‐ • Dynamic of ignition • 1,000 • 2
old misfire angle <= not calibra‐ Rev. DCY
within_1000_rev: ted ° CRK
emission thresh‐ • Or • Con‐
old misfire rate tinu‐
(MR) > 2.65 % • Dynamic of ignition ous
angle <= not calibra‐
ted ° CRK
• And
• Rough road not detec‐
ted

3. Diagnosis and Testing 119

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0304 Misfire • Catalyst dam‐ • Initial engine speed > • 200 • Im‐ – Check the
Cylinder Crank‐ age misfire: cat‐ 550 rpm Rev. me‐ spark plugs.
4 Misfire shaft alyst damaging dia‐
Detected Speed misfire rate > • Engine speed > 550 • Con‐ tely – Check the in‐
Fluctua‐ 5.81 - 22.73 % rpm tinu‐ take system
tion (Sin‐ ous visually for
• Engine speed < 7,200
gle Or rpm leaks.
Multiple)
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 0.0 s Fuel Injec‐
tors . Refer to
• Engine load > 1.14 - ⇒ “3.6.17
35.00 % Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Depending on ECT @ ing”,
cylinder head @ start page 322 .
• ECT @ cylinder head
@ engine start <= – Check the Ig‐
-48° C nition Coils
with Power
• Then activation if Output
Stage . Refer
• ECT @ cylinder head to
>= 20° C ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
• Or nition Coils
With Power
• ECT @ cylinder head Output
@ engine start > -48° Stage ,
C Checking”,
page 332 .
• And
• Fuel cut off not active
• Or
• Single fuel cut off not
active
• Or
• Number of fade out
cylinders < 2.00 -
• And
• Dynamic manifold air
pressure <= not cali‐
brated kPa
• Dynamic throttle posi‐
tion <= not calibrated
° TPS/s
• And
• Dynamic of engine
load <= not calibrated
%
• And
• Engine not calibrated
• Engine speed < not
calibrated rpm

120 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Emission thresh‐ • Dynamic of ignition • 1,000 • 2
old misfire angle <= not calibra‐ Rev. DCY
within_1000_rev: ted ° CRK
emission thresh‐ • Or • Con‐
old misfire rate tinu‐
(MR) > 2.65 % • Dynamic of ignition ous
angle <= not calibra‐
ted ° CRK
• And
• Rough road not detec‐
ted

3. Diagnosis and Testing 121

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0326 Knock • For time >= 0.3 s • ECT @ cylinder head • 4.3 s • 2 – Check the
Knock/ Sensor > 59° C DCY Knock Sen‐
Combus‐ rationality • Diff. between • Con‐ sor 1 - G61- .
tion Vi‐ check low knock sensor • Air mass > 300.00 mg/ tinu‐ Refer to
bration signal and aver‐ rev ous ⇒ “3.6.26
Sensor 1 age knock sen‐ Knock Sen‐
Circuit sor signal < 0.00 sor 1 G61 ,
Range/ - 0.12 V Checking”,
Perform‐ page 340 .
ance
Bank 1 or
Single
Sensor
P0327 Knock • For time >= 0.5 s • ECT @ cylinder head • 4.0 s • 2 – Check the
Knock/ Sensor > 59° C DCY Knock Sen‐
Combus‐ out of • Sensor signal < • Con‐ sor 1 - G61- .
tion Vi‐ range 0.12 - 0.31 V • Air mass > 300.00 mg/ tinu‐ Refer to
bration rev ous ⇒ “3.6.26
Sensor 1 • Engine speed > 2,016 Knock Sen‐
Circuit rpm sor 1 G61 ,
Low Bank Checking”,
1 or Sin‐ page 340 .
gle Sen‐
sor
P0335 Crank‐ • Case 1: • Signal edges @ se‐ • 0.01 • 2 – Check the
Crank‐ shaft Po‐ lected camshaft sig‐ s DCY Engine
shaft Po‐ sition • Counted ex‐ nal detected Speed Sen‐
sition Sensor haust camshaft • Con‐ sor - G28- .
Sensor activity signals without • Choice of: tinu‐ Refer to
"A" Cir‐ check synchronization ous ⇒ “3.6.13
>= 17.00 [-] • Ignition off
cuit Engine
• Or • Engine speed > 380 Speed Sen‐
rpm sor G28 ,
• Counted intake Checking”,
camshaft sig‐ • Engine stalling >= 1.0 page 314 .
nals without syn‐ s
chronization >= • Or
17.00 -
• Synchronization test
• Case 2: incorrect
• Counted ex‐ • Or
haust camshaft
signals without • Engine speed >= 380
synchronization rpm
>= not active -
• Or
• Or
• Engine running
• Counted intake
camshaft sig‐ • Engine stalling >= 5.0
nals without syn‐ s
chronization >= • Or
not active -
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stop active

122 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0336 Engine • Segment adap‐ • Fuel cut off active • 900.0°• 2 – Check the
Crank‐ Speed tation >= 0.70 % CRK DCY Engine
shaft Po‐ Sensor • Delay time >= Speed Sen‐
sition out of 5,760.00° CRK • Con‐ sor - G28- .
Sensor range tinu‐ Refer to
• And ous
"A" Cir‐ ⇒ “3.6.13
cuit • Diff. actual air mass Engine
Range/ vs. previous air mass Speed Sen‐
Perform‐ <= 20.01 - 39.99 mg/ sor G28 ,
ance rev Checking”,
page 314 .
• Engine load <= 20.00
%
• Dynamic throttle posi‐
tion <= 269.50 -
398.40° TPS/s
• Rough road not detec‐
ted
• Engine roughness
signal not valid
• Segments in fuel cut-
off mode >= 32.00 -
• Segment adaptation
finished
• Engine speed 2,016 -
5,024 rpm
• Diff. between adapted
value of cylinder 1 and
cylinder 3 < 0.05 %
• Diff. between adapted
value of cylinder 2 and
cylinder 4 < 0.05 %

Crank‐ Case 1: • Engine speed >= 400 • 45,720.0°

shaft Po‐ • Engine speed > rpm CRK
sition 3,000 rpm
Sensor • Continu‐
rationality • Time between ous
check falling signal
edges < 0 - 50
μs
Case 2:
• Engine speed
<= 3000 rpm
• Time between
signal edges <
30 μs

3. Diagnosis and Testing 123

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Crankshaft ref‐ General conditions: • 2,160.0°
erence gap not • Reference gap of re‐ CRK
detected luctor wheel detected
• Contin‐
• And case 1: uous
• Ignition off
• Engine speed > 380
rpm
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Or case 2:
• Engine speed >= 380
rpm
• Or
• Engine running
• And
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Or case 3:
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or case 4:
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

124 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Counted teeth General conditions: • 1,800°• 2
Speed vs. reference >= • Engine speed > 320 CRK DCY
Sensor 1 – <= 2 - rpm
out of • Con‐
range • And case 1: tinu‐
ous
• Ignition off
• Engine speed > 380
rpm
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Or case 2:
• Engine speed >= 380
rpm
• Or
• Engine running
• And
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Or case 3:
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or case 4:
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

3. Diagnosis and Testing 125

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Crank‐ • Counted teeth General conditions: • 1,800°
shaft Po‐ vs. reference >= • Engine speed > 320 CRK
sition 1; <= 2 - rpm
Sensor • Con‐
rationality • And case 1: tinu‐
check ous
• Ignition off
• Engine speed > 380
rpm
• Engine stalling >= 1.0
s
• Or case 2:
• Engine speed >= 380
rpm
• Or
• Engine running
• And
• Engine stalling >= 5.0
s
• Or case 3:
• Backwards rotation
not detected
• Or case 4:
• Engine speed >= 400
rpm
• Engine stopped

Engine • Counted teeth • Engine running • 3,600.0°

• 2
Speed vs. reference >= CRK DCY
Sensor 1; <= 2 -
out of • Contin‐
range uous

P0340 Camshaft • No change on • Engine speed >= 400 • 4,680°• 2 – Check the
Camshaft Position signal >= 3 - rpm CRK DCY Camshaft
Position Sensor Position
Sensor A Intake • Con‐ Sensor -
Circuit signal ac‐ tinu‐ G40- . Refer
(Bank 1 tivity ous to
Or Single check ⇒ “3.6.4
Sensor) Camshaft
Position
Sensor G40 ,
Checking”,
page 296 .

126 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0341 Camshaft • Ratio between • Engine speed 400 - • 990° • 2 – Check the
Camshaft Position measured seg‐ 8,160 rpm CRK DCY Camshaft
Position Sensor ment time ratio Position
Sensor Intake ra‐ and specified • Con‐ Sensor -
"A" Cir‐ tionality camshaft angle tinu‐ G40- . Refer
cuit check ratio > 2.75 - ous to
Range/ ⇒ “3.6.4
Perform‐ • Or Camshaft
ance • Ratio between Position
Bank 1 or measured seg‐ Sensor G40 ,
Single ment time ratio Checking”,
Sensor and specified page 296 .
camshaft angle
ratio < 0.36 -
• Or
• Offset between
camshaft and
crankshaft <
-79.00° CRK
• Or
• Offset between
camshaft and
crankshaft >
15.00° CRK

Camshaft • Segment time • 1,440°

Position value < 50 μs CRK
Sensor
Intake • Con‐
signal ac‐ tinu‐
tivity ous
check
Camshaft • Offset between • Engine synchroniza‐ • 450°
Position/ camshaft and tion not validated CRK
Crank‐ crankshaft <
shaft Po‐ -79.00° CRK • Failure by exhaust • Once /
sition In‐ camshaft sensor de‐ DCY
take - • Or tected
Correla‐ • Offset between
tion out of camshaft and
range* crankshaft >
15.00° CRK

P0365 Camshaft • No change on • Engine speed >= 400 • 1,080°• 2 – Check the
Camshaft Position signal >= 3 - rpm CRK DCY Camshaft
Position Sensor Position
Sensor Exhaust • Con‐ Sensor 2 -
"B" Cir‐ signal ac‐ tinu‐ G163- . Re‐
cuit Bank tivity ous fer to
1 check ⇒ “3.6.5
Camshaft
Position
Sensor 2
G163 ,
Checking”,
page 298

3. Diagnosis and Testing 127

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0366 Camshaft • Ratio between • Engine speed 400 - • 990° • 2 – Check the
Camshaft Position measured seg‐ 8,160 rpm CRK DCY Camshaft
Position Sensor ment time ratio Position
Sensor Exhaust and specified • Con‐ Sensor 2 -
"B" Cir‐ rationality camshaft angle tinu‐ G163- . Re‐
cuit check ratio > 2.75 - ous fer to
Range/ ⇒ “3.6.5
Perform‐ • Or Camshaft
ance • Ratio between Position
Bank 1 measured seg‐ Sensor 2
ment time ratio G163 ,
and specified Checking”,
camshaft angle page 298
ratio < 0.36 -
• Or
• Offset between
camshaft and
crankshaft <
-24.00° CRK
• Or
• Offset between
camshaft and
crankshaft >
49.00° CRK

Camshaft • Segment time • 1,440°

Position value < 50 μs CRK
Sensor
Exhaust • Con‐
signal ac‐ tinu‐
tivity ous
check
Camshaft • Offset between • Engine synchroniza‐ • 450°
Position/ camshaft and tion via crankshaft CRK
Crank‐ crankshaft < and camshaft not fin‐
shaft Po‐ -24.00° CRK ished • Once /
sition Ex‐ DCY
haust - • Or • Or
Correla‐ • Offset between • Engine synchroniza‐
tion out of camshaft and tion via crankshaft
range* crankshaft > and camshaft lost
49.00° CRK

128 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P039B Knock • Slow detection: • Engine running • 900° • 2 – Check the
Cylinder Control CRK DCY Knock Sen‐
1 Pres‐ function • Ratio between • ECT @ cylinder head sor 1 - G61- .
sure Too check knock sensor > 59° C • Con‐ Refer to
High and knock tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.26
threshold in • Engine speed 1,216 - ous
6,528 rpm Knock Sen‐
main knock win‐ sor 1 G61 ,
dow > 2.00 - • Engine load not cali‐ Checking”,
3.00 - brated % page 340
• For time >= • Air mass > 501.00 -
9,000.00 - 599.00 mg/rev
11,700.00° CRK
• Dynamic engine
• Or speed not active
• Ratio between • Delay time 0.00 seg
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• For time >=
5,760.00 -
6,840.00° CRK
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 2.00 -
3.00 -
• For time >=
12,960.00 -
16,740.00° CRK
• Or
• Torque limita‐
tion factor < 0.80
-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 129

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Fast detection:
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 1.50 -
2.50 -
• For time >=
540.00° CRK
• Or
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 2.75 -
4.50 -
• For time >=
360.00° CRK
• Case 1:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <=
0.41 - 0.80 -
• Or
• Case 2:
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-
• Or
• Case 3:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-

130 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P03A5 Knock • Slow detection: • Engine running • 900° • 2 – Check the
Cylinder Control CRK DCY Knock Sen‐
2 Pres‐ function • Ratio between • ECT @ cylinder head sor 1 - G61- .
sure Too check knock sensor > 59° C • Con‐ Refer to
High and knock tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.26
threshold in • Engine speed 1,216 - ous
6,528 rpm Knock Sen‐
main knock win‐ sor 1 G61 ,
dow > 2.00 - • Engine load not cali‐ Checking”,
3.00 - brated % page 340
• For time >= • Air mass > 501.00 -
9,000.00 - 599.00 mg/rev
11,700.00° CRK
• Dynamic engine
• Or speed not active
• Ratio between • Delay time 0.00 seg
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• For time >=
5,760.00 -
6,840.00° CRK
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 2.00 -
3.00 -
• For time >=
12,960.00 -
16,740.00° CRK
• Or
• Torque limita‐
tion factor < 0.80
-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 131

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Fast detection:
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 1.50 -
2.50 -
• For time >=
540.00° CRK
• Or
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 2.75 -
4.50 -
• For time >=
360.00° CRK
• Case 1:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <=
0.41 - 0.80 -
• Or
• Case 2:
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-
• Or
• Case 3:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-

132 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P03AF Knock • Slow detection: • Engine running • 900° • 2 – Check the
Cylinder Control CRK DCY Knock Sen‐
3 Pres‐ function • Ratio between • ECT @ cylinder head sor 1 - G61- .
sure Too check knock sensor > 59° C • Con‐ Refer to
High and knock tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.26
threshold in • Engine speed 1,216 - ous
6,528 rpm Knock Sen‐
main knock win‐ sor 1 G61 ,
dow > 2.00 - • Engine load not cali‐ Checking”,
3.00 - brated % page 340
• For time >= • Air mass > 501.00 -
9,000.00 - 599.00 mg/rev
11,700.00° CRK
• Dynamic engine
• Or speed not active
• Ratio between • Delay time 0.00 seg
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• For time >=
5,760.00 -
6,840.00° CRK
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 2.00 -
3.00 -
• For time >=
12,960.00 -
16,740.00° CRK
• Or
• Torque limita‐
tion factor < 0.80
-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 133

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Fast detection:
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 1.50 -
2.50 -
• For time >=
540.00° CRK
• Or
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 2.75 -
4.50 -
• For time >=
360.00° CRK
• Case 1:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <=
0.41 - 0.80 -
• Or
• Case 2:
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-
• Or
• Case 3:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-

134 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P03B9 Knock • Slow detection: • Engine running • 900° • 2 – Check the
Cylinder Control CRK DCY Knock Sen‐
4 Pres‐ function • Ratio between • ECT @ cylinder head sor 1 - G61- .
sure Too check knock sensor > 59° C • Con‐ Refer to
High and knock tinu‐ ⇒ “3.6.26
threshold in • Engine speed 1,216 - ous
6,528 rpm Knock Sen‐
main knock win‐ sor 1 G61 ,
dow > 2.00 - • Engine load not cali‐ Checking”,
3.00 - brated % page 340
• For time >= • Air mass > 501.00 -
9,000.00 - 599.00 mg/rev
11,700.00° CRK
• Dynamic engine
• Or speed not active
• Ratio between • Delay time 0.00 seg
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• For time >=
5,760.00 -
6,840.00° CRK
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 3.50 -
5.00 -
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 2.00 -
3.00 -
• For time >=
12,960.00 -
16,740.00° CRK
• Or
• Torque limita‐
tion factor < 0.80
-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 135

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Fast detection:
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and knock
threshold in
main knock win‐
dow > 1.50 -
2.50 -
• For time >=
540.00° CRK
• Or
• Ratio between
knock sensor
and noise level
in pre knock win‐
dow > 2.75 -
4.50 -
• For time >=
360.00° CRK
• Case 1:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <=
0.41 - 0.80 -
• Or
• Case 2:
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-
• Or
• Case 3:
• Ratio between
filtered engine
roughness and
misfire detection
threshold <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Ratio between
normalized en‐
gine roughness
and misfire de‐
tection threshold
<= not calibrated
-

136 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0420 NMOG / • Arithmetic aver‐ • General conditions: • 60 – • 2 – Check the
Catalyst NMHC / age catalyst effi‐ 70 s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
System NOX con‐ ciency not cali‐ • Vehicle speed >= 0 sor 1 Before
Efficiency version brated [-] mph • Once / Catalytic
Below capability DCY Converter -
OR • Barometric pressure
Thresh‐ >= 0.00 kPa GX10- . Re‐
old Bank • EWMA filtered fer to
1 catalyst efficien‐ • Catalyst overheating ⇒ “3.6.28
cy not calibrated protection not active Oxygen Sen‐
[-] sor 1 Before
• Turbine overheating Catalytic
OR protection not active
• Arithmetic aver‐ Converter
age, corrected GX10 ,
• O2S rear ready
with measured Checking”,
delay and transi‐ • O2S heater rear ac‐ page 344 .
tion time of Oxy‐ tive
gen Sensors – Check the
• O2S front ready Oxygen Sen‐
rear catalyst effi‐
ciency not cali‐ sor 1 After
• Internal resistance Catalytic
brated [-] O2S rear <= 700.00 Converter -
Ohm GX7- . Refer
OR
• EWMA filtered, • Time after a catalyst to
corrected with purge phase >= 1.0 s ⇒ “3.6.29
measured delay Oxygen Sen‐
and transition • Integrated heat ener‐ sor 1 After
time of Oxygen gy >= 200.00 - 2,500 Catalytic
Sensors rear kj Converter
catalyst efficien‐ GX7 , Check‐
cy > 1.00 [-] • Or ing”,
• Time after engine page 347 .
start > 0.0 s
– Check the
• Engine speed 1,120 – Three Way
3,104 rpm Catalytic
Converter
• Lambda control value (TWC). Re‐
< 20.00 % fer to
⇒
• Deviation of lambda “3.6.30 Thre
controller output to e Way Cata‐
start diagnosis < 2.00 lytic Convert‐
% er (TWC),
• Deviation of lambda Checking”,
controller output dur‐ page 350 .
ing diagnosis < 10.00
%
• Fast trim control ready
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated %
• Coasting function not
active
• Lambda adaption not
active
• Valve lift not equipped
• Depending on scav‐
enging:

3. Diagnosis and Testing 137

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Integrated air mass
after end of scaveng‐
ing >= 30.0 g
• Temperature condi‐
tions:
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature once after
engine start > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature to start diag‐
nosis 450 – 800° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature during diag‐
nosis 420 – 830° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temperature
conditions fulfilled >
25.0 – 130.0 g
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature to
start diagnosis -70.0 –
70.0 K
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature dur‐
ing diagnosis -116.0 –
116.0 K
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• Air mass conditions:
• Air mass to start diag‐
nosis 180.01 – 670.01
mg/rev
• Air mass during diag‐
nosis 170.01 – 680.01
mg/rev
• MAF per cylinder to
start diagnosis 48.00
– 170.00 kg/h
• MAF per cylinder dur‐
ing diagnosis 46.00 –
172.00 kg/h
• Load conditions:
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated [mg/rev]
• Engine load not cali‐
brated [%]

138 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated [%]
• For time not calibrated
[s]
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions:
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Evap purge condi‐
tions: Case 1
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Case 2
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Case 3
• Canister load not cali‐
brated [-]
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Close the gap condi‐
tions:
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass to
start diagnosis >=
20.0 g
• O2S front dynamic di‐
agnosis separate not
active
• For arithmetic aver‐
age value calculation:
• Number of checks re‐
quired for valid result
not calibrated [-]
• For EWMA-filter:

3. Diagnosis and Testing 139

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Minimum number of
tests per DCY re‐
quired 1
• Step change detec‐
tion will initiate multi‐
ple tests per DCY
Conditions for step
change detection:
• Relative deviation be‐
tween new measured
value and old EWMA
filtered value >= 0.20
– 0.70 -
• Number of checks
2.00 -

140 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0441 EVAP • Ratio actual in‐ • ECT @ cylinder head • 8.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP System take manifold > 60° C DCY EVAP Canis‐
System Function pressure and • Once / ter Purge
Incorrect Check: modeled set‐ • Barometric pressure > DCY Regulator
Purge stuck point intake 0.00 kPa Valve 1 -
Flow close manifold pres‐ • AAT > 3° C N80- . Refer
sure < 0.10 - to
• AAT @ start >= 4° C ⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP Canis‐
• Diff. barometric pres‐ ter Purge
sure vs. filtered MAP Regulator
> 20.00 kPa Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
• Diff. barometric pres‐ page 316 .
sure vs. filtered MAP
> 20.50 kPa – Check the
• Engine speed < 2800 Fuel Tank
rpm Leak Detec‐
tion Control
• And Module -
J909- . Refer
• Ratio MAF @ mani‐ to
fold and MAF max > ⇒ “3.6.20
0.10 [-] Fuel Tank
• Engine speed > 950 Leak Detec‐
rpm tion Control
Module
• Or J909 ,
Checking”,
• Coasting function not page 328 .
calibrated
• And – Check the
Fuel Tank
• Vehicle speed >= 3 Pressure
mph Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
• Diff. engine speed vs. fer to
filtered engine speed ⇒ “3.6.21
< 90 rpm Fuel Tank
Pressure
• Diff. ratio MAF @ Sensor
manifold and MAF G400 ,
max vs. ratio filtered Checking”,
MAF @ manifold and page 330
MAF max < 0.15 -
• Diff. modeled MAP vs.
filtered modeled MAP
< 1.20 kPa
• Integrated air mass
since engine start >=
0.00 – 8,500 g
• And
• Lambda conditions
fullfilled
• Lambda control active
• Lambda control value
-30.00 – 30.00 %
• O2S front 0.90 – 1.10
[-]

3. Diagnosis and Testing 141

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Or
• Fuel cut off not cali‐
brated
• And case 1:
• Integrated air mass @
canister purge valve
per driving cycle not
calibrated g
• Case 2:
• Ratio MAF @ canister
purge and MAF per
cylinder >= 0.00 [-]
• Or
• Canister purge sam‐
pling rate >= 0.00 %
• And integrated air
mass @ canister
purge valve >= 10.1 g
• Depending on AAT:
• AAT >= 50° C
• Canister load <= 0.20
[-]
• Or
• AAT >= 30; < 50° C
• Canister load <= 0.20
[-]
• Or
• AAT < 30° C
• Canister load <= 0.20
[-]

P0444 EVAP • Output voltage, • Engine start not active • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Purge lower range >= DCY EVAP Canis‐
System Valve 1.92 - 2.21 V • Engine running • Con‐ ter Purge
Purge Open Cir‐ tinu‐ Regulator
Control cuit • Output voltage, • Evap purge valve ous Valve 1 -
upper range <= opening signal (PWM)
Valve "A" > 3.13; <= 98.83 % N80- . Refer
Circuit 2.85 - 3.25 V to
Open • Actuator commanded ⇒ “3.6.14
off EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 316 .

142 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0445 EVAP • Actuator tem‐ • Engine start not active • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Purge perature 160 - DCY EVAP Canis‐
System Valve 200° C • Engine running • Con‐ ter Purge
Purge short to tinu‐ Regulator
• Or • Evap purge valve ous
Control battery opening signal (PWM) Valve 1 -
Valve "A" plus • Output current > >= 3.13 % N80- . Refer
Circuit 4.0 – 7.0 A to
Shorted • Actuator commanded ⇒ “3.6.14
on EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
EVAP • Output voltage • Engine start not active Regulator
Purge 1.92 - 2.21 V Valve 1 N80 ,
Valve • Engine running Checking”,
short to page 316 .
• Evap purge valve
ground opening signal (PWM)
<= 98.83
• Actuator commanded
off

P0450 NVLD • Signal voltage > • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the

EVAP Switch 0.39 - 0.55 V DCY Fuel Tank
System Open Cir‐ • Engine running • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
Pressure cuit tinu‐ tion Control
• Case 2: ous
Sensor/ Module -
Switch • Ignition off J909- . Refer
Circuit to
• NVLD (EVAP-Sys‐ ⇒ “3.6.20
tem) diagnostic mode Fuel Tank
active Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.21
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
G400 ,
Checking”,
page 330

3. Diagnosis and Testing 143

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0451 NVLD • Natural vacuum • Ignition off • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Switch leak detection DCY Fuel Tank
System Function‐ (NVLD) switch • Fuel level < 85.1% • Once / Leak Detec‐
Pressure al Check: position closed • DCY tion Control
Fuel temperature in‐
Sensor/ Stuck crease >= 5 K Module -
Switch Close J909- . Refer
Circuit • For time >= 1.0 h to
Range/ ⇒ “3.6.20
Perform‐ • AAT >= 4.0° C Fuel Tank
ance Leak Detec‐
• Barometric pressure > tion Control
60.01 kPa Module
• Time since ignition off J909 ,
>20; < 1,440 min. Checking”,
page 328 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.21
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
G400 ,
Checking”,
page 330
P0452 NVLD • Signal voltage < • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Switch 0.24 V DCY Fuel Tank
System Short To • Engine running • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
Pressure Ground tinu‐ tion Control
• Case 2: ous
Sensor/ Module -
Switch • Ignition off J909- . Refer
Circuit to
Low • NVLD (EVAP-Sys‐ ⇒ “3.6.20
tem) diagnostic mode Fuel Tank
active Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.21
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
G400 ,
Checking”,
page 330

144 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0453 NVLD • Signal voltage > • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Switch 3.0 V DCY Fuel Tank
System Short To • Engine running • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
Pressure Battery tinu‐ tion Control
• Case 2: ous
Sensor/ Plus Module -
Switch • Ignition off J909- . Refer
Circuit to
High • NVLD (EVAP-Sys‐ ⇒ “3.6.20
tem) diagnostic mode Fuel Tank
active Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.21
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
G400 ,
Checking”,
page 330

3. Diagnosis and Testing 145

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0456 EVAP • Natural vacuum • Ignition off • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Evapora‐ System leak detection DCY EVAP Sys‐
tive Emis‐ Very (NVLD) switch • Fuel level < 85.1% • Once / tem for leaks.
sion Sys‐ Small position open DCY Refer to
• Fuel temperature
tem Leak Leak drop >= 6.0° K ⇒
Detected Function‐ “2.2.4 EVAP
(Very al Check • For time >= 1.0 h System,
Small Checking
Leak) • AAT >= 4° C For Leaks”,
page 6 .
• Barometric pressure >
60.01 kPa – Check the
• Difference between EVAP Canis‐
barometric pressure ter Purge
@ stop and baromet‐ Regulator
ric pressure @ start < Valve 1 -
0.65 kPa N80- . Refer
to
• Time since ignition off ⇒ “3.6.14
> 90; < 600.0 min EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 316 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module -
J909- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.20
Fuel Tank
Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .

– Check the
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor -
G400- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.21
Fuel Tank
Pressure
Sensor
G400 ,
Checking”,
page 330

146 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0461 Fuel Lev‐ • Difference be‐ • General: • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Fuel Lev‐ el Plausi‐ tween fuel con‐ DCY strument
el Sensor bility sumption and • Refueling not detec‐ • Con‐ Cluster Con‐
"A" Cir‐ Check fuel level ted tinu‐ trol Module -
cuit changes < ous J285- for
• And case 1: for tank
Range/ -239.0; > 12.0 full proper func‐
Perform‐ tioning. Re‐
ance • Fuel level > 96.09 % fer to appro‐
priate repair
• Fuel consumption manual.
since last refueling or
last plausibility check
> 44.00
• Case 2: for tank not
full
• Fuel level <= 96.09 %
• Fuel consumption
since last refueling or
last plausibility check
> 15.00

P0462 COM: • IPC module sig‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐

Fuel Lev‐ Fuel Lev‐ nal: short to DCY strument
el Sensor el (FL) ground failure • Con‐ Cluster Con‐
"A" Cir‐ Sensor 1 tinu‐ trol Module -
cuit Low Commu‐ • IPC module sig‐ ous J285- for
nication nal: signal range proper func‐
With IPC check failure tioning. Re‐
fer to appro‐
priate repair
manual.
P0463 COM: • IPC module sig‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Fuel Lev‐ Fuel Lev‐ nal: short to bat‐ DCY strument
el Sensor el (FL) tery / open cir‐ • Con‐ Cluster Con‐
"A" Cir‐ Sensor 1 cuit failure tinu‐ trol Module -
cuit High Commu‐ ous J285- for
nication proper func‐
With IPC tioning. Re‐
fer to appro‐
priate repair
manual.
P0501 COM: • Speed sensor • 0.1 s • 2 – Check vehi‐
Vehicle Vehicle fault value: out DCY cle speed
Speed Speed of range high • Con‐ signal. Refer
Sensor Sensor failure tinu‐ to
"A" Cir‐ (VSS) ous ⇒ “3.6.33 Ve‐
cuit commu‐ • Speed sensor hicle Speed
Range/ nication fault value: out Signal,
Perform‐ with VSS of range low fail‐ Checking”,
ance ure page 355 .
• Speed sensor
fault value: ra‐
tionality check
high failure
• Speed sensor
fault value: ra‐
tionality check
low failure

3. Diagnosis and Testing 147

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0502 Vehicle • Diagnostic sig‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check vehi‐
Vehicle Speed nal from output DCY cle speed
Speed Sensor driver failure • Con‐ signal. Refer
Sensor (VSS) tinu‐ to
"A" Cir‐ short to ous ⇒ “3.6.33 Ve‐
cuit Low ground hicle Speed
Signal,
Checking”,
page 355 .
P0506 Idle Con‐ • Diff. actual en‐ General conditions: • 9.0 s • 2 – Check the
Idle Con‐ troller gine speed vs. • Vehicle speed =0 km/ DCY Throttle
trol Sys‐ function engine speed h • Con‐ Valve Con‐
tem RPM monitor‐ setpoint < -80 tinu‐ trol Module -
- Lower ing: en‐ rpm • Accelerator pedal re‐ ous GX3- . Refer
Than Ex‐ gine leased by driver to
pected speed • Integrated I-part ⇒ “3.6.31
of idle speed • Throttle actuator com‐
deviation manded on Throttle
controller n.a. Valve Con‐
• Evap purge flow < trol Module
4.00 kg/h GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
• Engine running page 351 .
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 5.0 – 10.0 s Engine
• Clutch switch not cali‐ Speed Sen‐
brated sor - G28- .
Refer to
• Barometric pressure > ⇒ “3.6.13
60.00 kPa Engine
Speed Sen‐
• Catalyst heating not sor G28 ,
active Checking”,
• ECT @ cylinder head page 314 .
> -48° C
• And
• Setpoint change < 20
rpm
• For time >= 4.0 s
• And additional after
dynamic conditions
fulfilled:
• Gear switch not active
• (A/T only)
• Accelerator pedal re‐
leased by driver
• Vehicle speed 0 mph
• Engine load < 45.31
%
• ( M/T only )
• For time >= 3.0 s

148 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0507 Idle Con‐ • Diff. actual en‐ General conditions: • 9.0 s • 2 – Check the
Idle Con‐ troller gine speed vs. • Vehicle speed =0 km/ DCY Throttle
trol Sys‐ function engine speed h • Con‐ Valve Con‐
tem RPM monitor‐ setpoint > 80 tinu‐ trol Module -
- Higher ing: en‐ rpm • Accelerator pedal re‐ ous GX3- . Refer
Than Ex‐ gine leased by driver to
pected speed • Integrated I-part ⇒ “3.6.31
of idle speed • Throttle actuator com‐
deviation manded on Throttle
controller not Valve Con‐
calibrated • Evap purge flow < trol Module
4.00 kg/h GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
• Engine running page 351 .
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 5.0 – 10.0 s Engine
• Clutch switch not cali‐ Speed Sen‐
brated sor - G28- .
Refer to
• Barometric pressure > ⇒ “3.6.13
60.00 kPa Engine
Speed Sen‐
• Catalyst heating not sor G28 ,
active Checking”,
• ECT @ cylinder head page 314 .
> -48° C
• And
• Setpoint change < 20
rpm
• For time >= 4.0 s
• And additional after
dynamic conditions
fulfilled:
• Gear switch not active
• (A/T only)
• Accelerator pedal re‐
leased by driver
• Vehicle speed 0 mph
• For time >= 3.0 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 149

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P050A Cold • Diff. actual en‐ General conditions: • 9.0 s • 2 – Check the
Idle Air Start gine speed vs. • Vehicle speed =0 km/ DCY Throttle
Control Monitor‐ engine speed h • Con‐ Valve Con‐
System ing Idle setpoint > 80 tinu‐ trol Module -
RPM Controller rpm • Accelerator pedal re‐ ous GX3- . Refer
Lower Or function leased by driver to
Higher monitor‐ • Integrated I-part
• Throttle actuator com‐ ⇒ “3.6.31
Than Ex‐ ing: en‐ of idle speed Throttle
controller not manded on
pected gine Valve Con‐
speed calibrated • Evap purge flow < trol Module
deviation 4.00 kg/h GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
• Engine running page 351 .
• Time after engine – Check the
start > 5.0 – 10.0 s Engine
• Clutch switch not cali‐ Speed Sen‐
brated sor - G28- .
Refer to
• Barometric pressure > ⇒ “3.6.13
60.00 kPa Engine
Speed Sen‐
• Catalyst heating ac‐ sor G28 ,
tive Checking”,
• ECT @ cylinder head page 314 .
> -48° C
• And
• Setpoint change < 20
rpm
• For time >= 4.0 s
• And additional after
dynamic conditions
fulfilled:
• Gear switch not active
• (A/T only)
• Accelerator pedal re‐
leased by driver
• Vehicle speed 0 mph
• For time >= 3.0 s

150 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Diff. actual en‐ General conditions:
gine speed vs. • Vehicle speed =0 km/
engine speed h
setpoint < -80
rpm • Accelerator pedal re‐
leased by driver
• Integrated I-part
of idle speed • Throttle actuator com‐
controller not manded on
calibrated • Evap purge flow <
4.00 kg/h
• Engine running
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 – 10.0 s
• Clutch switch n.a.
• Barometric pressure >
60.00 kPa
• Catalyst heating not
calibrated
• ECT @ cylinder head
> -48° C
• And
• Setpoint change < 20
rpm
• For time >= 4.0 s
• And additional after
dynamic conditions
fulfilled:
• Gear switch not active
• (A/T only)
• Accelerator pedal re‐
leased by driver
• Vehicle speed 0 mph
• Engine load < 45.31
%
• ( M/T only )
• For time >= 3.0 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 151

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P050B Cold • Ratio between • Engine idle speed • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cold Start ignition angle ef‐ DCY Camshaft
Start Igni‐ Monitor‐ ficiency integral • Time @ idle speed > • Once / Adjustment
tion Tim‐ ing Igni‐ and time at idle 5.0 s DCY Valve 1 -
ing Per‐ tion Con‐ speed > 0.16 - • Ignition angle setpoint N205- . Refer
formance trol igni‐ <= 0.90 - to
tion tim‐ ⇒ “3.6.3
ing moni‐ • Modeled pressure Camshaft
tor quotient <= 1.00 - Adjustment
Valve 1
• Vehicle speed =0 km N205 ,
Checking”,
• And page 294 .
• Diff. air mass setpoint
vs. filtered air mass – Check the
setpoint for load dy‐ Engine
namic detection < Speed Sen‐
100.00 mg/rev sor - G28- .
Refer to
• For time >= 1.0 s ⇒ “3.6.13
Engine
• And Speed Sen‐
• Diff. engine speed vs. sor G28 ,
filtered engine speed Checking”,
for engine speed dy‐ page 314 .
namic detection <
8,160 rpm
• For time >= 0.0 s

P052A Cold • Camshaft posi‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the

Cold Start tion deviation > ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Camshaft
Start "A" Monitor‐ 10.00° CRK 45) s Adjustment
Camshaft ing VVT • Engine speed 672 - Valve 1 -
Position Actuator 6,016 rpm • Once / N205- . Refer
Timing Intake ra‐ DCY to
• Camshaft position not
Over-Ad‐ tionality calibrated ⇒ “3.6.3
vanced check Camshaft
Bank 1 • Camshaft position ad‐ Adjustment
justment active Valve 1
N205 ,
• Catalyst heating ac‐ Checking”,
tive page 294 .
• Camshaft position de‐
viation integrator ( ac‐
tual vs. setpoint posi‐
tion) >= 9.00° CRK*s

P053F Cold • Deviation be‐ • General: • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the

Cold Start tween setpoint DCY Fuel Pres‐
Start Fuel Monitor‐ and actual fuel • Engine speed > 512 • Once / sure Sensor -
Pressure ing Fuel pressure < rpm DCY G247- . Re‐
Perform‐ system -2,000.10 kPa • Time after engine fer to
ance out of start > 3.0 s ⇒ “3.6.19
range • For time >= 10.0 Fuel Pres‐
high s • And sure Sensor
G247 ,
• Fuel mass setpoint Checking”,
lower range > 5.00 page 326 .
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s

152 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Cold • Deviation be‐ • Fuel mass setpoint
Start tween setpoint upper range <=
Monitor‐ and actual fuel 125.15 - 172.41 mg/
ing Fuel pressure > rev
system 2,000.10 kPa • Fuel mass setpoint
out of gradient -1389.00 -
range low • For time >= 10.0
s 1389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And
• Additional for catalyst
heating:
• Catalyst heating ac‐
tive
• ECT @ cylinder head
> -11° C
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range >= 10.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 3.0 s

P054A Cold • Camshaft posi‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 0 • 2 – Check the

Cold Start tion deviation > ture -10 - 130° C (FTP75: DCY Exhaust
Start "B" Monitor‐ 10.00° CRK 45) s Camshaft
Camshaft ing VVT • Engine speed 672 - Adjustment
Position Exhaust 6,016 rpm • Once / Valve 1 -
Timing Actuator DCY N318- . Refer
• Camshaft position not
Over-Ad‐ rationality calibrated to
vanced check ⇒ “3.6.15
Bank 1 • Camshaft position ad‐ Exhaust
justment active Camshaft
Adjustment
• Catalyst heating ac‐ Valve 1
tive N318 ,
Checking”,
• Camshaft position de‐ page 318
viation integrator ( ac‐
tual vs. setpoint posi‐
tion) >= 9.00° CRK*s]

P060C Engine • Fuel mass vali‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Replace the

Internal Control dation failed DCY Engine Con‐
Control Module • Con‐ trol Module -
Module (ECM): tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Main Pro‐ Electron‐ ous to appropri‐
cessor ic Throttle ate repair
Perform‐ Control manual.
ance Module
function
monitor‐
ing: injec‐
tion

3. Diagnosis and Testing 153

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Comparison
Control voltage sensor 1
Module with sensor 2 im‐
(ECM): plausible
Electron‐
ic Throttle
Control
Module
function
monitor‐
ing: ac‐
celerator
position
Engine • Engine speed
Control validation failed
Module
(ECM):
Electron‐
ic Throttle
Control
Module
function
monitor‐
ing: en‐
gine
speed
deviation
Engine • Validation of tor‐
Control que losses failed
Module
(ECM): • Validation min.
Electron‐ torque @ clutch
ic Throttle failed
Control • Validation max.
Module torque @ clutch
function failed
monitor‐
ing: tor‐ • Validation en‐
que gine torque
failed

Engine • Comparison
Control voltage sensor 1
Module with sensor 2 im‐
(ECM): plausible
Electron‐
ic Throttle
Control
Module
function
monitor‐
ing: throt‐
tle posi‐
tion

154 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Wrong torque in‐
Control terventions from
Module speed control
(ECM): detected
Electron‐
ic Throttle
Control
Module
function
monitor‐
ing:
speed
control
P064A COM: • Number of failed • Engine on • 0.7 s • 2 – Replace the
Fuel Fuel internal checks DCY Engine Con‐
Pump Pump 2 [-] • Con‐ trol Module -
Control Control tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Module Module ous to appropri‐
commu‐ functional ate repair
nication check: manual.
electron‐
ics
Fuel • Power stage • 5.9 s
Pump temperature >
Control 135° C • Con‐
Module tinu‐
over-tem‐ ous
perature
warning
power
stage
Fuel • Power stage • 7.1 s
Pump temperature >
Control 140° C • Con‐
Module tinu‐
over tem‐ ous
perature
P0601 ECM: • Calibration • 1.0 s • 2 – Replace the
Internal Check‐ checksum incor‐ DCY Engine Con‐
Control sum rect • Con‐ trol Module -
Module check‐ tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Memory sum veri‐ • Software check‐ ous to appropri‐
Check fication sum incorrect ate repair
Sum Er‐ manual.
ror
P0603 ECM: • Device 1: SPI • 2.0 s • 2 – Replace the
Internal Commu‐ communication DCY Engine Con‐
Control nication with ATIC failure • Con‐ trol Module -
Module check tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Keep • Device 2: SPI ous to appropri‐
Alive communication ate repair
Memory with ATIC failure manual.
(KAM) Er‐
ror • SPI communica‐ • 1
tion with ATIC DCY
failure

• SPI communica‐
tion with ATIC
failure

3. Diagnosis and Testing 155

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• SPI communica‐ • 2
tion with ATIC DCY
failure

ECM: In‐ • Hardware vs. • 4.9 s

jection software version
Valves in‐ check during ini‐ • Once /
ternal tialization failure DCY
hardware
check • Calibration dur‐
ing initialization
failure
• Hardware dur‐
ing initialization
failure
• Time reference
from microcon‐
troller during ini‐
tialization failure

• Communication • 2,880°
between micro‐ CRK
controller and
SDI-Driver pow‐ • Con‐
erstage failure tinu‐
ous

• Communication • 360.0°
between micro‐ CRK
controller and
SDI-Driver pow‐ • Once /
erstage failure DCY

• Time reference • 2,880°

from microcon‐ CRK
troller during ini‐
tialization miss‐ • Con‐
ing tinu‐
ous

• Communication • 4,320°
between micro‐ CRK
controller and
SDI-Driver pow‐ • Con‐
erstage failed tinu‐
ous

156 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0606 Baromet‐ • Case 1: charged • Case A: • 1.0 s • 2 – Replace the
Control ric Pres‐ engine DCY Engine Con‐
Module sure Sen‐ • Engine stop during • Con‐ trol Module -
Process‐ sor • Diff. BARO vs. DCY tinu‐ J623- . Refer
or engine_st MAP > 7.50 kPa ous to appropri‐
• Engine stopped
anding:cr • Diff. BARO vs. ate repair
oss turbocharger • Vehicle speed < 1 manual.
check* boost pressure mph
> 7.50 kPa • Engine @ driving cy‐
• Case 2: non cle not calibrated
charged engine • For time >= 10.0 s
• Diff. BARO • Case B:
mean value vs.
MAP mean val‐ • Engine stop @ start of
ue >= not cali‐ DCY
brated kPa
• Engine stopped
• Diff. deviation
BARO mean • Vehicle speed < 1
value to mean mph
value (MAP • Engine @ driving cy‐
mean value, cle not calibrated
BARO mean
value, BARO @
ECM keep alive
time and MAP
@ ECM keep
alive time) > not
calibrated kPa
• Diff. deviation
MAP mean val‐
ue to mean val‐
ue (MAP mean
value, BARO
mean value, <=
not calibrated
kPa

Baromet‐ • Diff. BARO vs. • Engine stopped

ric Pres‐ MAP > 7.50 kPa
sure Sen‐ • Vehicle speed < 1
sor ECM • Diff. BARO vs. mph
keep turbocharger
alive-time boost pressure • ECM keep alive-time
> 7.50 kPa 20.0 - 6,553.5 s
cross
check* • Time after engine stop
>= 5.0 s
• Barometric pressure
sensor voltage 0.20 -
4.80 V
• MAP sensor voltage
0.20 - 4.80 V
• Boost pressure sen‐
sor voltage 0.20 - 4.80
V

3. Diagnosis and Testing 157

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Baromet‐ • Diff. turbocharg‐ • Engine running
ric Pres‐ er boost pres‐
sure sure vs. MAP <= • Engine speed 1,000 –
(BARO) 12.00 kPa 8,160 rpm
Sensor • Throttle position >=
full load • Case 1:
32.298 – 77.004° TPS
cross • Diff. BARO vs.
check* turbocharger • For time >= 0.2 s
boost pressure
@ fuel cut off >
12.00 kPa
• Case 2:
• Diff. BARO vs.
turbocharger
boost pressure
@ idle speed >
12.00 kPa

Baromet‐ • Measured baro‐ • 5.0 s

ric Pres‐ metric pressure
sure Sen‐ > 115.0 kPa • Con‐
sor Out tinu‐
Of Range ous
High*
Baromet‐ • Measured baro‐
ric Pres‐ metric pressure
sure Sen‐ < 45.0 kPa
sor Out
Of Range
Low*
ECM: • Communication • 1.0 s
EEPROM between sample
Check software and • Once /
production hard‐ DCY
ware error

• Finished
NVMCrypt in‐
tegrity error

• Decryption of
NVMCrypt failed

• EEPROM infor‐ • 1.0 s

mation failure
• Con‐
tinu‐
ous

ECM: • Internal check • 0.5 s

Electron‐ failed
ic Throttle • Con‐
Control • Diff. A/D-chan‐ tinu‐
Module nel 1 vs. A/ ous
Function Dchannel 2 >
Monitor‐ 0.30 V
ing: A/D
Convert‐
er

158 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
ECM: • Monitoring of dif‐ • Throttle actuator com‐ • 0.5 s
Electron‐ ference be‐ manded on
ic Throttle tween actual • Con‐
Control and setpoint tor‐ tinu‐
Module que value en‐ ous
Function gine torque
Monitor‐ overflow > 45.00
ing: Tor‐ - 350.00 Nm
que
• Monitoring of
torque differ‐
ence integration
integrated en‐
gine torque >
655.35 Nms

ECM: • Engine speed > • Engine speed limita‐

Electron‐ 1,760 rpm tion active
ic Throttle
Control
Module
Function
Monitor‐
ing: En‐
gine
Speed
limitation
CAN: • RAM error mem‐ • Initialization phase • 0.2 s
Controller ory checksum active
RAM error • Once /
check • Ignition on DCY

Knock • Knock control • Engine running • 6.4 s • 2

Control failure DCY
functional • Con‐
check tinu‐
ous

ECM: • SPI communica‐ • Time after ignition on • 10.0 • 2

Electron‐ tion with ATIC >= 1.0 s s DCY
ic Throttle failed
Control • Con‐
Module tinu‐
commu‐ ous
nication
check
ECM: • SPI communica‐ • Time after ignition on
Electron‐ tion with ATIC >= 1.0 s
ic Throttle implausible
Control
Module
commu‐
nication
check
P0607 Baromet‐ • Barometric • 0.5 s • 2 – Replace the
Control ric Pres‐ pressure sensor DCY Engine Con‐
Module sure Sen‐ voltage < 0.20 V • Con‐ trol Module -
Perform‐ sor short tinu‐ J623- . Refer
ance to ground ous to appropri‐
ate repair
manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 159

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Baromet‐ • Barometric
ric Pres‐ pressure sensor
sure Sen‐ voltage > 4.80 V
sor short
to battery
plus
P0638 Throttle • Battery voltage • Throttle adaptation • 0.01 • 2 – Check the
Throttle Actuator <= 9.04 V (@ initial start or after s/ DCY Throttle
Actuator Basic detection of throttle Once Valve Con‐
Control Settings exchange or check‐ per trol Module -
Range/ adapta‐ sum error) active life‐ GX3- . Refer
Perform‐ tion value time to
ance monitor‐ ⇒ “3.6.31
Bank 1 ing Throttle
Throttle • Accelerator ped‐ • Throttle adaptation • 0.01 Valve Con‐
Actuator al value > 99.90 (@ initial start or after s/ trol Module
Basic % detection of throttle Once GX3 , Check‐
Settings exchange or check‐ per ing”,
adapta‐ • Or sum error) active life‐ page 351 .
tion value • Engine speed > time
monitor‐ 64 rpm
ing
• Or
• Vehicle speed >
1 mph
• Or
• IAT @ throttle <
5° C
• Or
• ECT @ cylinder
head < 5° C
• Or
• ECT @ cylinder
head > 110° C

Throttle • Actual TPS - ref. • Throttle adaptation • 0.01

Actuator point > 0.503° demanded s/
Basic TPS Once
Settings • Accelerator pedal val‐ per
monitor‐ ue < 99.90 % life‐
ing of po‐ • Engine speed < 64 time
sition rpm
• Vehicle speed < 1
mph
• IAT @ throttle > 5° C
• ECT @ cylinder head
5 - 110° C

160 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Throttle • Throttle position
Actuator sensor 1 voltage
Basic < 0.40 V
Settings
monitor‐ • Or
ing of po‐ • Throttle position
sition sensor 2 voltage
> 4.60 V
• Or
• Throttle position
sensor 1 voltage
> 0.80 V
• Or
• Throttle position
sensor 2 voltage
< 4.20 V

• Actual TPS 1 or
2 voltage - volt‐
age ref. point >
0.07 V

• Actual TPS 1 or
2 voltage - volt‐
age ref. point >
0.25 V

• Actual TPS - ref.

point > 0.503°
TPS

• Actual TPS 1 or
2 voltage - volt‐
age ref. point >
0.07 V

Throttle • Actual TPS 1 or • 0.01 s

Actuator 2 voltage - volt‐
Basic age ref. point > • Once /
Settings 0.07 V DCY
adapta‐
tion value • Actual TPS - ref.
monitor‐ point > 0.503°
ing TPS

P0642 ECM: 5V • Analog output 1 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the

Sensor Supply supply voltage < DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 4.62 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range low ous to appropri‐
"A" Cir‐ ate repair
cuit Low manual.
P0643 ECM: 5V • Analog output 1 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the
Sensor Supply supply voltage > DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 5.43 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range ous to appropri‐
"A" Cir‐ High ate repair
cuit High manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 161

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0652 ECM: 5V • Analog output 2 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the
Sensor Supply supply voltage < DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 4.62 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range low ous to appropri‐
"B" Cir‐ ate repair
cuit Low manual.
P0653 ECM: 5V • Analog output 2 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the
Sensor Supply supply voltage > DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 5.43 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range ous to appropri‐
"B" Cir‐ High ate repair
cuit High manual.
P0657 Supply • Output voltage, • Relay commanded off • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Actuator Voltage lower range >= DCY Engine Con‐
Supply Relay En‐ 1.90 - 2.30 V • Con‐ trol Module
Voltage gine tinu‐ Power Sup‐
"A" Cir‐ Compo‐ • Output voltage, ous ply Relay -
cuit/Open nents upper range <= J271- . Refer
Open Cir‐ 2.80 - 3.20 V to
cuit ⇒ “3.6.27
Motronic En‐
gine Control
Module Pow‐
er Supply
Relay J271 ,
Checking”,
page 342 .
P0658 Supply • Output voltage < • Relay commanded off • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Actuator Voltage 1.90 - 2.30 V DCY Engine Con‐
Supply Relay En‐ • Con‐ trol Module
Voltage gine tinu‐ Power Sup‐
"A" Cir‐ Compo‐ ous ply Relay -
cuit Low nents J271- . Refer
Short To to
Ground ⇒ “3.6.27
Motronic En‐
gine Control
Module Pow‐
er Supply
Relay J271 ,
Checking”,
page 342 .
P0659 Supply • Output current • Relay commanded on • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Actuator Voltage driver stage in‐ DCY Engine Con‐
Supply Relay En‐ ternal value • Con‐ trol Module
Voltage gine tinu‐ Power Sup‐
"A" Cir‐ Compo‐ • Or ous ply Relay -
cuit High nents • Actuator tem‐ J271- . Refer
Short To perature > 175 - to
Battery 195° C ⇒ “3.6.27
Plus Motronic En‐
gine Control
Module Pow‐
er Supply
Relay J271 ,
Checking”,
page 342 .

162 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P0686 Main Re‐ • Sensed circuit • Main relay comman‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
ECM/ lay ration‐ voltage > 6.00 V ded off DCY Engine Con‐
PCM ality • Con‐ trol Module
Power check • For time >= 0.3 s tinu‐ Power Sup‐
Relay during ous ply Relay -
Control engine off J271- . Refer
Circuit to
Low ⇒ “3.6.27
Motronic En‐
gine Control
Module Pow‐
er Supply
Relay J271 ,
Checking”,
page 342 .
P0687 Main Re‐ • Sensed circuit • Main relay comman‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
ECM/ lay ration‐ voltage < 5.00 V ded on DCY Engine Con‐
PCM ality • Con‐ trol Module
Power check • For time >= 0.1 s tinu‐ Power Sup‐
Relay during ous ply Relay -
Control engine J271- . Refer
Circuit running to
High Main Re‐ • Main relay driver • Main relay comman‐ • 0.2 s ⇒ “3.6.27
lay short temperature > ded on Motronic En‐
to battery 175 - 195° C • Con‐ gine Control
plus • For time >= 0.4 s tinu‐ Module Pow‐
• Or ous er Supply
Relay J271 ,
• Main relay out‐ Checking”,
put current > 1.0 page 342 .
–2.3 A

P0698 ECM: 5V • Analog output 3 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the

Sensor Supply supply voltage < DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 4.62 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range low ous to appropri‐
"C" Cir‐ ate repair
cuit Low manual.
P0699 ECM: 5V • Analog output 3 • 0.2 s • 2 – Replace the
Sensor Supply supply voltage > DCY Engine Con‐
Refer‐ Voltage 5.43 V • Con‐ trol Module -
ence out of tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Voltage range ous to appropri‐
"C" Cir‐ High ate repair
cuit High manual.
P11A1 Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 1 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 163

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P11A2 Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 1 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11A3 Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 1 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11A4 Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 1 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11A5 Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 2 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11A6 Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 2 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .

164 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P11A7 Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 2 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11A8 Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 2 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11A9 Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 3 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11AA Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 3 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11AB Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 3 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 165

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P11AC Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 3 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11AD Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 4 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11AE Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"A" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 4 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11AF Variable • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ short to tinu‐ Actuator in
der 4 Cir‐ ground ous question.
cuit/Open Variable • Output voltage, Refer to
Valve Lift lower range < ⇒ “3.6.2
(VVL) 1.92 - 2.21 V Cam Adjust‐
open cir‐ ment Actua‐
cuit • Output voltage, tors , Check‐
upper range > ing”,
2.85 - 3.25 V page 292 .

P11B0 Variable • Actuator feed‐ • Modeled oil tempera‐ • 6.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift back signal volt‐ ture < 20° C DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) ra‐ age permanent‐ • Con‐ Adjustment
"B" Cylin‐ tionality ly low - tinu‐ Actuator in
der 4 check low ous question.
Range/ Refer to
Perform‐ ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .

166 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P11BF Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "A" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
1 Range/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Perform‐ 4.0 - 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C0 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "B" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
1 Circuit/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Open 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C1 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "A" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
2 Range/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Perform‐ 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C2 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "B" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
2 Circuit/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Open 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C3 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "A" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
3 Range/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Perform‐ 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 167

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P11C4 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "B" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
3 Circuit/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Open 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C5 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "A" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
4 Range/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Perform‐ 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
ance Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .
P11C6 Variable • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Cam Shift Valve Lift temperature > on DCY suspect Cam
Actuator (VVL) 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
Outlet "B" short to tinu‐ Actuator in
Cylinder battery • Or ous question.
4 Circuit/ plus • Output current > Refer to
Open 4.0 – 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.2
Cam Adjust‐
ment Actua‐
tors , Check‐
ing”,
page 292 .

168 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P12A1 Fuel Sys‐ • Deviation lamb‐ General: • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail tem Pres‐ da of controller • Engine speed 512 - DCY fuel pres‐
Pressure sure Sen‐ included adap‐ 6,816 rpm • Con‐ sure. Refer
Sensor sor, High tion < -22.50 % tinu‐ to the appro‐
Inap‐ Pressure • Fuel mass setpoint ous priate repair
propriate‐ Side Ra‐ • And 5.00 - 1,389 mg/rev manual.
ly Low tionality • High pressure • Time after change to
Check controller output DFI >= not equipped s – Check the
Low > 35 mg Fuel Pres‐
• Time after engine sure Sensor -
start > 10.0 s G247- . Re‐
fer to
• Engine warm-up not ⇒ “3.6.19
active Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• Catalyst heating not G247 ,
active Checking”,
• Full load not active page 326 .
• Catalyst purge not ac‐ – Check the
tive Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
• Lambda control tor Valve -
closed loop N276- . Refer
• Evap purge function‐ to
ality diagnosis not ac‐ ⇒ “3.6.18
tive Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
• Fuel pressure set‐ tor Valve
point gradient <= N276 ,
34,777.60 kPa Checking”,
page 324 .
• And depending on low
dynamic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 5.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 125.15
- 172.41 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1,389.00 -
1,389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load <= 1.00
-
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
active or closed

3. Diagnosis and Testing 169

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P12A2 Fuel Sys‐ • Deviation lamb‐ General: • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Rail tem Pres‐ da of controller • Engine speed 608 - DCY fuel pres‐
Pressure sure Sen‐ included adap‐ 6,816 rpm • Con‐ sure. Refer
Sensor sor, High tion > 30.00 % tinu‐ to the appro‐
Inap‐ Pressure • Fuel mass setpoint ous priate repair
propriate‐ Side Ra‐ • And 5.00 - 1,389 mg/rev manual.
ly High tionality • High pressure • Time after change to
Check controller output DFI >= not equipped s – Check the
High < -35 mg Fuel Pres‐
• Time after engine sure Sensor -
start > 10.0 s G247- . Re‐
fer to
• Engine warm-up not ⇒ “3.6.19
active Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• Catalyst heating not G247 ,
active Checking”,
• Full load not active page 326 .
• Catalyst purge not ac‐ – Check the
tive Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
• Lambda control tor Valve -
closed loop N276- . Refer
• Evap purge function‐ to
ality diagnosis not ac‐ ⇒ “3.6.18
tive Fuel Pres‐
sure Regula‐
• Fuel pressure set‐ tor Valve
point gradient <= N276 ,
34,777.60 kPa Checking”,
page 324 .
• And depending on low
dynamic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 5.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 10.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 125.15
- 172.41 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1,389.00 -
1,389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load <= 1.00
-
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
active or closed

170 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P12A4 Fuel Sys‐ • Deviation be‐ General: • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Fuel Vol‐ tem, high tween reference • Engine speed 608 - DCY Fuel Pres‐
ume Me‐ pressure fuel pressure 6,816 rpm • Con‐ sure Regula‐
tering side out setpoint and cur‐ tinu‐ tor Valve -
Valve of range rent fuel pres‐ • Fuel mass setpoint ous N276- . Refer
Function‐ high sure <- 2,999.80 10.00 - 1,389.00 mg/ to
al Check kPa rev ⇒ “3.6.18
Valve Fuel Pres‐
Stuck • Deviation lamb‐ • Time after engine sure Regula‐
da of controller start > 10.0 s
Closed tor Valve
included adap‐ • Engine warm-up not N276 ,
tion -50.00 - calibrated Checking”,
50.00 % page 324 .
• Catalyst heating not
• Case: 1 calibrated
• High pressure • Full load not calibra‐
controller output ted
< -45 mg
• Catalyst purge not
• Case 2: calibrated
• Flow control • Lambda control not
valve open calibrated
• Mass fuel flow • Evap purge function‐
setpoint > 15.01 ality diagnosis not
mg/rev calibrated
• Fuel pressure set‐
point gradient <=
34,777.60 kPa
• And
• Depending on low dy‐
namic conditions:
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range > 11.00
mg/rev
• For time >= 4.0 s
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range < 187.17
- 229.23 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
gradient -1,389.00 -
1,389.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 5.0 s
• And depending on
canister purge:
• Canister load <= not
calibrated -
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated

3. Diagnosis and Testing 171

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P1388 Engine • Test voltage / • 0.5 s • 2 – Replace the
Control Control test pulse check DCY Engine Con‐
Module Module failed • Con‐ trol Module -
Process‐ (ECM): tinu‐ J623- . Refer
or Electron‐ ous to appropri‐
ic Throttle ate repair
Control manual.
Module
function
monitor‐
ing: A/D
converter
P13EA Cold • Ratio between • Engine part load • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Cold Start ignition angle ef‐ DCY nition Coils
Start Igni‐ Monitor‐ ficiency integral • Time @ part load > • Once / with Power
tion Tim‐ ing Igni‐ and time at part 5.0 s DCY Output
ing Per‐ tion Con‐ load > 0.16 - • Ignition angle setpoint Stage . Refer
formance trol Igni‐ <= 0.90 - to
Off Idle tion Tim‐ ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
ing Moni‐ • Vehicle speed > 2 nition Coils
tor mph With Power
Output
• And Stage ,
Checking”,
• Diff. air mass setpoint page 332 .
vs. filtered air mass
setpoint for load dy‐
namic detection <
100.00 mg/rev
• For time >= 1.0 s
• And
• Diff. engine speed vs.
filtered engine speed
for engine speed dy‐
namic detection <
8,160 rpm
• For time >= 0.0 s

P1545 Throttle • Control duty cy‐ • Throttle position not at • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle Actuator cle > 98.00 % min. value DCY Throttle
Actuator out of • Con‐ Valve Con‐
"A" Con‐ range • Throttle adaptation tinu‐ trol Module -
trol Motor not active ous GX3- . Refer
Circuit • Throttle actuator com‐ to
Range/ manded on ⇒ “3.6.31
Perform‐ Throttle
ance Valve Con‐
Throttle • Difference be‐ • Throttle adaptation • 0.5 s • 2 trol Module
Actuator tween throttle (@ initial start or after DCY GX3 , Check‐
rationality position setpoint detection of throttle • Con‐
tinu‐ ing”,
check and throttle flap exchange or check‐ page 351
opening angle sum error) not active ous
for electronic
throttle control > • Throttle actuator com‐
2.998 - 24.982° manded on
TPS • Diff. throttle position
setpoint vs. throttle
flap opening angle <=
1.999; > -1.999° TPS

172 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P169A ECM: • Transport mode • During ECM keep • 0.01 • 1 – Vehicle in
ECM: Transport active alive-time after igni‐ s DCY transport
Transport Mode tion off mode. Refer
Mode function • Con‐ to appropri‐
monitor‐ • Vehicle speed < 3 tinu‐ ate repair
ing: mode MPH ous manual.
change • Engine speed 0 RPM
• Max trip mileage since
initial vehicle start-up
< 62.15 miles
• Production mode not
active
• For hybrid:
• Drive motor OFF

P2004 Intake • Signal voltage > • Flap commanded off • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold 1.89 V DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner • Time after engine • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control • For time >= 1.5 s start > 5.0 s tinu‐ Control
Control (IMRC) ous Valve -
Stuck Actuator N316- . Refer
Open stuck to
Bank 1 open ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .

– Check the In‐

take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor -
G336- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.24 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor
G336 ,
Checking”,
page 336 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 173

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2006 Intake • Signal voltage < • Flap commanded on • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold 3.10 V DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner • Time after engine • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control • For time >= 1.5 s start > 5.0 s tinu‐ Control
Control (IMRC) ous Valve -
Stuck Actuator N316- . Refer
Closed stuck to
Bank 1 close ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .

– Check the In‐

take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor -
G336- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.24 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor
G336 ,
Checking”,
page 336 .
P2008 Intake • Output voltage, • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold lower range 1.92 off DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner - 2.21 V • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control • Engine running tinu‐ Control
Control (IMRC) • Output voltage, ous Valve -
Circuit/ Actuator upper range N316- . Refer
Open Open Cir‐ 2.85 - 3.25 V to
Bank 1 cuit ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .
P2009 Intake • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control • Engine running tinu‐ Control
Control (IMRC) ous Valve -
Circuit/ Actuator N316- . Refer
Shorted Short To to
Bank 1 Ground ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .

174 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2010 Intake • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold temperature > on DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner 160 - 200° C • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control • Engine running tinu‐ Control
Control (IMRC) • Or ous Valve -
Circuit/ Actuator • Output current > N316- . Refer
Shorted Short To 4.0 – 7.0 A to
to B+ Battery ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
Bank 1 Plus take Mani‐
fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .
P2014 Intake • Intake manifold • Engine start not acti‐ • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold runner flap posi‐ vated DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner tion sensor volt‐ • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control age < 0.20 V tinu‐ Control
Position (IMRC) ous Valve -
Sensor/ Position N316- . Refer
Switch Sensor to
Circuit short to ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
Bank 1 ground / take Mani‐
open cir‐ fold Runner
cuit Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .

– Check the In‐

take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor -
G336- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.24 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor
G336 ,
Checking”,
page 336 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 175

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2015 Intake • Diff. actual value • Modeled air tempera‐ • 0.04 • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold vs. substitution ture < 0.75 - s DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner value @ lower fold Runner
Runner Control mechanical • Engine running • Once Control
Position (IMRC) threshold > 0.70 • per Valve -
Engine speed > 640; < life‐
Sensor/ Actuator V 1,504 rpm N316- . Refer
Switch adapta‐ time to
Circuit tion value • Or • ECT @ cylinder head ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
Range/ monitor‐ • Diff. actual value > -30° C take Mani‐
Perform‐ ing vs. substitution • fold Runner
ance Intake manifold run‐ Control
value @ upper ner flap adaptation not
Bank 1 mechanical Valve N316 ,
finished Checking”,
threshold > 0.70
V page 334 .

• Failed adapta‐ – Check the In‐

tions >= 1.00 - take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor -
G336- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.24 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor
G336 ,
Checking”,
page 336 .
P2017 Intake • Intake manifold • Engine start not active • 0.2 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Intake Manifold runner flap posi‐ DCY take Mani‐
Manifold Runner tion sensor volt‐ • Con‐ fold Runner
Runner Control age > 4.80 V tinu‐ Control
Position (IMRC) ous Valve -
Sensor/ Position N316- . Refer
Switch Sensor to
Circuit short to ⇒ “3.6.23 In‐
High battery take Mani‐
Bank 1 plus fold Runner
Control
Valve N316 ,
Checking”,
page 334 .

– Check the In‐

take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor -
G336- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.6.24 In‐
take Mani‐
fold Runner
Position
Sensor
G336 ,
Checking”,
page 336 .

176 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2024 Smart • NVLD output • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Tempera‐ voltage lower DCY Fuel Tank
Fuel Va‐ ture Sen‐ range >= 1.92 - • Ignition on • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
por Tem‐ sor Open 2.21 V tinu‐ tion Control
• Case 2: ous
perature Circuit Module -
Sensor • NVLD output • Ignition off (during J909- . Refer
Circuit voltage upper ECM keep alive-time) to
range <= 2.85 - ⇒ “3.6.20
3.25 V Fuel Tank
Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .
P2025 Smart • Smart module • Ignition off • 300.0 • 2 – Check the
EVAP Tempera‐ temperature > s DCY Fuel Tank
Fuel Va‐ ture Sen‐ 119° C • Fuel level < 85.1% Leak Detec‐
por Tem‐ sor Out • Con‐ tion Control
• NVLD (EVAP-Sys‐ tinu‐
perature Of Range tem) diagnostic mode Module -
Sensor High ous J909- . Refer
active
Perform‐ to
ance ⇒ “3.6.20
• Smart module • Engine running • 30.0 Fuel Tank
temperature > s Leak Detec‐
119° C tion Control
• Con‐
tinu‐ Module
ous J909 ,
Checking”,
Smart • Smart module • Engine off time >= 360 • 1.0 s page 328 .
Tempera‐ temperature < min
ture Sen‐ -39° C • Once /
sor Out • ECT @ cylinder head DCY
Of Range > -15° C
Low • IAT cross check fin‐
ished
• ECT cross check fin‐
ished
• Fuel level < 85.10 %

Smart • Difference be‐ • Engine off time >= 360 • 1.0 s

Tempera‐ tween smart min
ture Sen‐ temperature @ • Once /
sor Cross engine start and • Fuel level < 85.1% DCY
Check ECT @ cylinder • IAT cross check fin‐
head @ engine ished
start >= 24.8 K
• ECT cross check fin‐
• And ished
• Difference be‐
tween smart
temperature @
engine start and
IAT >= 24.8 K

3. Diagnosis and Testing 177

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Smart • Gradient smart • Ignition off • 300.0
Tempera‐ temperature > s
ture Sen‐ 20 K / 10 min. • Fuel level < 85.1%
sor Sig‐ • Once /
• NVLD (EVAP-Sys‐ DCY
nal Dy‐ tem) diagnostic mode
namic active
Check
Smart • Response time • Case 1: • 5.0 s • 2
Tempera‐ > 1.0 s DCY
ture Sen‐ • Ignition on • Con‐
sor Com‐ • And tinu‐
• Engine running ous
munica‐ • Number of
tion With checks > 3.0 - • Case 2:
Smart
Tempera‐ • Or • Ignition off (during
ture Sen‐ ECM keep alive-time)
sor • Security bit in‐
correct
• And
• Number of
checks > 3.0 -

Smart • Reset counter > • Engine running • 0.1 s • 3

Tempera‐ 3.0 - DCY
ture Sen‐ • Last ECM keep alive • Once /
sor Func‐ mode finished DCY
tional
Check
Smart • Diff. time be‐ • Ignition off • 3.0 s • 2
Tempera‐ tween ECM and DCY
ture Sen‐ smart module > • ECM keep alive time • Once /
sor Func‐ 3.0 s active DCY
tional
Check
P2026 Smart • NVLD output • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Tempera‐ voltage < 1.92 – DCY Fuel Tank
Fuel Va‐ ture Sen‐ 2.21 V • Ignition on • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
por Tem‐ sor Short tinu‐ tion Control
• Case 2: ous
perature To Module -
Sensor Ground • Ignition off (during J909- . Refer
Circuit ECM keep alive-time) to
Low Volt‐ ⇒ “3.6.20
age Fuel Tank
Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .

178 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2027 Smart • NVLD output • Case 1: • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
EVAP Tempera‐ temperature > DCY Fuel Tank
Fuel Va‐ ture Sen‐ 160.0 - 200.0° C • Ignition on • Con‐ Leak Detec‐
por Tem‐ sor Short tinu‐ tion Control
• Or • Case 2: ous
perature To Bat‐ Module -
Sensor tery Plus • NVLD output • Ignition off (during J909- . Refer
Circuit current > 4.0 – ECM keep alive-time) to
High Volt‐ 7.0 A ⇒ “3.6.20
age Fuel Tank
Leak Detec‐
tion Control
Module
J909 ,
Checking”,
page 328 .
P2067 COM: • IPC module sig‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Fuel Lev‐ Fuel Lev‐ nal: Short to DCY strument
el Sensor el (FL) ground failure • Con‐ Cluster Con‐
"B" Cir‐ Sensor 2 tinu‐ trol Module -
cuit Low Commu‐ • IPC module sig‐ ous J285- for
nication nal: Signal proper func‐
With IPC range check fail‐ tioning. Re‐
ure fer to appro‐
priate repair
manual.
P2068 COM: • IPC module sig‐ • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the In‐
Fuel Lev‐ Fuel Lev‐ nal: Short to bat‐ DCY strument
el Sensor el (FL) tery / open cir‐ • Con‐ Cluster Con‐
"B" Cir‐ Sensor 2 cuit failure tinu‐ trol Module -
cuit High Commu‐ ous J285- for
nication proper func‐
With IPC tioning. Re‐
fer to appro‐
priate repair
manual.
P2088 VVT Ac‐ • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"A" Cam‐ tuator In‐ 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY Camshaft
shaft Po‐ take • Con‐ Adjustment
sition Ac‐ Short To tinu‐ Valve 1 -
tuator Ground ous N205- . Refer
Control to
Circuit ⇒ “3.6.3
Low Bank Camshaft
1 Adjustment
Valve 1
N205 ,
Checking”,
page 294 .
P2089 VVT Ac‐ • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"A" Cam‐ tuator In‐ temperature > on DCY Camshaft
shaft Po‐ take 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Adjustment
sition Ac‐ Short To tinu‐ Valve 1 -
tuator Battery • Or output cur‐ ous N205- . Refer
Control Plus rent > 8.0...12.0 to
Circuit [A] ⇒ “3.6.3
High Camshaft
Bank 1 Adjustment
Valve 1
N205 ,
Checking”,
page 294 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 179

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2090 VVT Ex‐ • Output voltage < • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"B" Cam‐ haust Ac‐ 1.92 - 2.21 V off DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ tuator • Con‐ Camshaft
sition Ac‐ short to tinu‐ Adjustment
tuator ground ous Valve 1 -
Control N318- . Refer
Circuit to
Low Bank ⇒ “3.6.15
1 Exhaust
Camshaft
Adjustment
Valve 1
N318 ,
Checking”,
page 318
P2091 VVT Ex‐ • Power stage • Actuator commanded • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
"B" Cam‐ haust Ac‐ temperature > on DCY Exhaust
shaft Po‐ tuator 160 - 200° C • Con‐ Camshaft
sition Ac‐ short to tinu‐ Adjustment
tuator battery • Or ous Valve 1 -
Control plus • Output current > N318- . Refer
Circuit 8.0 – 12.0 A to
High ⇒ “3.6.15
Bank 1 Exhaust
Camshaft
Adjustment
Valve 1
N318 ,
Checking”,
page 318
P2096 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaption value • 2nd lambda control • 45.0 • 2 – Check the
Post Cat‐ tem Out < -0.05 - not active s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
alyst Fuel Of Range sor 1 Before
Trim Sys‐ Low • Catalyst purge not ac‐ • Con‐ Catalytic
tem Too tive tinu‐ Converter -
Lean ous GX10- . Re‐
• Injection mode
Bank 1 change (DFI/MFI) not fer to
active ⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
• Engine speed >= 960 sor 1 Before
rpm Catalytic
Converter
• Counter of integrated GX10 ,
mass for fuel in oil < Checking”,
255.00 - page 344 .
• Choice of: – Check the
• O2S rear (binary) Oxygen Sen‐
check not active sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Or Converter -
GX7- . Refer
• O2S rear (binary) to
check finished ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .

180 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2097 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaption value • 2nd lambda control • 45.0 • 2 – Check the
Post Cat‐ tem Out > 0.05 - not active s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
alyst Fuel Of Range sor 1 Before
Trim Sys‐ High • Catalyst purge not ac‐ • Con‐ Catalytic
tem Too tive tinu‐ Converter -
Rich ous GX10- . Re‐
• Injection mode
Bank 1 change (DFI/MFI) not fer to
active ⇒ “3.6.28
Oxygen Sen‐
• Engine speed >= 960 sor 1 Before
rpm Catalytic
Converter
• Counter of integrated GX10 ,
mass for fuel in oil < Checking”,
255.00 - page 344 .
• Choice of: – Check the
• O2S rear (binary) Oxygen Sen‐
check not active sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Or Converter -
GX7- . Refer
• O2S rear (binary) to
check finished ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic
Converter
GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
page 347 .
P2100 Throttle • Electronic throt‐ • Diff. between meas‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle Actuator tle valve driver ured and filtered throt‐ DCY Throttle
Actuator open cir‐ load resistance tle position <= 0.073° • Con‐ Valve Con‐
"A" Con‐ cuit > 200.0 kOhm TPS tinu‐ trol Module -
trol Motor ous GX3- . Refer
Circuit/ • Throttle actuator com‐ to
Open manded off ⇒ “3.6.31
Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .
P2101 Throttle • Electronic throt‐ • Throttle actuator com‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle Actuator tle valve driver manded on DCY Throttle
Actuator over tem‐ temperature > • Con‐ Valve Con‐
"A" Con‐ perature 170.0 - 190.0° C tinu‐ trol Module -
trol Motor ous GX3- . Refer
Circuit to
Range/ ⇒ “3.6.31
Perform‐ Throttle
ance Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 181

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2103 Throttle • Electronic throt‐ • Throttle actuator com‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle Actuator tle valve driver manded on DCY Throttle
Actuator short cir‐ current > 9.3 – • Con‐ Valve Con‐
"A" Con‐ cuit 15.0 A tinu‐ trol Module -
trol Motor ous GX3- . Refer
Circuit to
High ⇒ “3.6.31
Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351 .
P2121 Accelera‐ • APP 1 signal • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal failure DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition (APP) tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Sensor 1 ous Refer to
Switch internal ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"D" Cir‐ hardware celerator
cuit check Pedal Mod‐
Range/ ule GX2 ,
Perform‐ Checking”,
ance page 289 .
P2122 Accelera‐ • Signal voltage • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal sensor 1 < 0.40 DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position V • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition Sensor 1 tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Out Of ous Refer to
Switch Range ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"D" Cir‐ Low celerator
cuit Low Pedal Mod‐
ule GX2 ,
Checking”,
page 289 .
P2123 Accelera‐ • Signal voltage • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal sensor 1 > 4.85 DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position V • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition Sensor 1 tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Out Of ous Refer to
Switch Range ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"D" Cir‐ High celerator
cuit High Pedal Mod‐
ule GX2 ,
Checking”,
page 289 .
P2126 Accelera‐ • APP 2 signal • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal failure DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition (APP) tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Sensor 2 ous Refer to
Switch internal ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"E" Cir‐ hardware celerator
cuit check Pedal Mod‐
Range/ ule GX2 ,
Perform‐ Checking”,
ance page 289 .

182 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2127 Accelera‐ • Signal voltage • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal sensor 2 < 0.20 DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position V • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition Sensor 2 tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Out Of ous Refer to
Switch Range ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"E" Cir‐ Low celerator
cuit Low Pedal Mod‐
ule GX2 ,
Checking”,
page 289 .
P2128 Accelera‐ • Signal voltage • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal sensor 2 > 2.80 DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position V • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition Sensor 2 tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ Out Of ous Refer to
Switch Range ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"E" Cir‐ High celerator
cuit High Pedal Mod‐
ule GX2 ,
Checking”,
page 289 .
P2138 Accelera‐ • Difference be‐ • 0.4 s • 2 – Check the
Throttle/ tor Pedal tween signal DCY Accelerator
Pedal Po‐ Position voltage sensor 1 • Con‐ Pedal Mod‐
sition Sensor 1 and sensor 2 > tinu‐ ule - GX2- .
Sensor/ and 2 Ra‐ 0.10 – 0.12 V ous Refer to
Switch tionality ⇒ “3.6.1 Ac‐
"D"/"E" Check celerator
Voltage Pedal Mod‐
Correla‐ ule GX2 ,
tion Checking”,
page 289 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 183

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2177 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
System tem Too >= 26.0 % rev DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Lean Lean @ • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Off Idle Part Load • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Bank 1 > 20° C ous fer to
• IAT @ manifold > -48° ⇒ “3.6.19
C Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• AAT > -48° C G247 ,
Checking”,
• Lambda setpoint 0.97 page 326 .
- 1.05-
– Check the
• Lambda control Fuel Injec‐
closed loop tors . Refer to
• Integrated air mass ⇒ “3.6.17
>= 20.0 - 2,500.0 g Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Fuel mass 22.00 - ing”,
53.01 mg/rev page 322 .
• Engine speed 1,024 - – Check the
3,744 rpm Oxygen Sen‐
• Low dynamic condi‐ sor 1 Before
tions: Catalytic
Converter -
• Diff. engine speed vs. GX10- . Re‐
averaged engine fer to
speed for engine ⇒ “3.6.28
speed dynamic detec‐ Oxygen Sen‐
tion < 60 - 130 rpm sor 1 Before
Catalytic
• Diff. air mass vs. aver‐ Converter
aged air mass for load GX10 ,
dynamic detection < Checking”,
16.00 - 50.02 mg/rev page 344 .
• Diff. between refer‐
ence and actual fuel – Check the
pressure, high side <= Oxygen Sen‐
2,000.10 kPa sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Integrated air mass > Converter -
5.0 - 25.0 g GX7- . Refer
to
• And ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
• Evap purge valve sor 1 After
closed Catalytic
• Or Converter
GX7 , Check‐
• Canister load <= 1.20 ing”,
- page 347 .
• Evap purge flow at – Check the
max. value EVAP Canis‐
• Or ter Purge
Regulator
• Dependence on can‐ Valve 1 -
ister purge min: N80- . Refer
to
• Lower limit of lambda ⇒ “3.6.14
controller output not EVAP Canis‐
calibrated ter Purge
• Or Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

184 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Upper limit of lambda Checking”,
controller output not page 316 .
calibrated
– Check the in‐
• And take system
• Evap purge flow at visually for
min. value leaks (false
air).

3. Diagnosis and Testing 185

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2178 Fuel Sys‐ • Adaptive value • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
System tem Too <= -28.0 % rev DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Rich Rich @ • Con‐ sure Sensor -
Off Idle Part Load • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Bank 1 > 20° C ous fer to
• IAT @ manifold > -48° ⇒ “3.6.19
C Fuel Pres‐
sure Sensor
• AAT > -48° C G247 ,
Checking”,
• Lambda setpoint 0.97 page 326 .
- 1.05-
– Check the
• Lambda control Fuel Injec‐
closed loop tors . Refer to
• Integrated air mass ⇒ “3.6.17
>= 20.0 - 2,500.0 g Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Fuel mass 22.00 - ing”,
53.01 mg/rev page 322 .
• Engine speed 1,024 - – Check the
3,744 rpm Oxygen Sen‐
• Low dynamic condi‐ sor 1 Before
tions: Catalytic
Converter -
• Diff. engine speed vs. GX10- . Re‐
averaged engine fer to
speed for engine ⇒ “3.6.28
speed dynamic detec‐ Oxygen Sen‐
tion < 60 - 130 rpm sor 1 Before
Catalytic
• Diff. air mass vs. aver‐ Converter
aged air mass for load GX10 ,
dynamic detection < Checking”,
16.00 - 50.02 mg/rev page 344 .
• Diff. between refer‐
ence and actual fuel – Check the
pressure, high side <= Oxygen Sen‐
2,000.10 kPa sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Integrated air mass > Converter -
5.0 - 25.0 g GX7- . Refer
to
• And ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
• Evap purge valve sor 1 After
closed Catalytic
• Or Converter
GX7 , Check‐
• Canister load <= 1.20 ing”,
- page 347 .
• Evap purge flow at – Check the
max. value EVAP Canis‐
• Or ter Purge
Regulator
• Dependence on can‐ Valve 1 -
ister purge min: N80- . Refer
to
• Lower limit of lambda ⇒ “3.6.14
controller output not EVAP Canis‐
calibrated ter Purge
• Or Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

186 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Upper limit of lambda Checking”,
controller output not page 316 .
calibrated
• And
• Evap purge flow at
min. value

P2181 Electrical • ECT @ cylinder • Engine running • 1.0 s • 2 – Check En‐

Cooling Thermo‐ head < 64° C DCY gine Coolant
System stat ra‐ • Or • Once / Temperature
Perform‐ tionality • For time >= 6.0 s
• Engine stopped
DCY Sensor -
ance check G62- . Refer
• And to
⇒ “3.6.11
• ECT @ cylinder head Engine Cool‐
once after engine start ant Temper‐
> 65° C ature Sensor
G62 , Check‐
• Or ing”,
• ECT @ radiator outlet page 310 .
once after engine start
> not calibrated ° C – Check the
Cylinder
• And Head Cool‐
ant Valve -
• AAT sensor signal N489- . Refer
valid to
• AAT > -48° C ⇒ “3.6.10
Cylinder
• Relative actual MAF > Head Cool‐
7.00 % ant Valve
N489 ,
• ECT @ cylinder head Checking”,
@ first start lower limit page 308 .
>= -40° C
• ECT @ cylinder head
@ first start upper limit
<= 215° C
• Vehicle speed >= 0
mph
• Modeled ECT @ cyl‐
inder head > 80° C
• Start-stop cycles <=
20.00 -
• For time >= 5.0 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 187

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Modeled ECT @ • ECT @ cylinder head
Cooling cylinder head > @ first start >= -10° C
System 66 - 70° C
rationality • ECT @ cylinder head
check Choice of: @ first start <= 50° C
• ECT @ cylinder
head < 65 - 69° • AAT > -10° C
C • Ratio accumulated
• Or time fuel cut off vs.
time since engine
• ECT @ radiator start <= 14.10 %
outlet < not
equipped ° C • Ratio accumulated
time engine load con‐
dition vs. time since
engine start <= 39.80
%
• Determination engine
load condition:
• Engine load (lower
threshold) <= 2.50 –
5.00 %
• Engine load (upper
threshold) >= 100.00
%
• Ratio accumulated
time high speed con‐
dition <= 15.20 %
• Determination high
speed condition:
• Vehicle speed > 75
mph
• Ratio accumulated
time start-stop active
<= 16.00 %
• Setpoint of RVC in
measurement window
< 99.61 %
• Case 1:
• Engine speed < 4,500
rpm
• Case 2:
• Engine speed >=
4,500 rpm
• Diff. ECT@ cylinder
head during measure‐
ment < 50° C
• For time >= 40.0 s

188 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2183 Engine • High side: refer‐ • Engine off time >= • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant ence measuring 360.00 min DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ • Once / ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ • Diff. ECT @ ra‐ • Engine off time plau‐ DCY ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ diator outlet @ sible On Radiator
sor 2 Cir‐ Radiator cold start vs. IAT Outlet -
cuit Outlet @ manifold @ • Time after engine
G83- . Refer
cold start > 30.0 start <= 410.0 s
Range/ cross to
Perform‐ check K • Depending on tem‐ ⇒ “3.6.12
ance • Diff. ECT @ ra‐ perature slope Engine Cool‐
diator outlet @ • ant Temper‐
Diff. actual vs previ‐ ature Sensor
cold start vs. ous IAT < 0.8 K
ECT @ cylinder On Radiator
head @ cold Outlet G83 ,
• Diff. actual vs previ‐
start > not cali‐ Checking”,
ous ECT@ cylinder
brated K page 312
head < not calibrated
K
• Diff. ECT @ ra‐
diator outlet @ • Diff. actual vs previ‐
cold start vs. ous ECT@ radiator
AAT @ cold outlet < 0.8 K
start > 30.0 K
• Diff. actual vs previ‐
• Min. amount of ous AAT < 0.8 K
faulty reference
measurements • For time >= 1.0 s
to detect defec‐ • Depending on mean‐
tive sensor 2.00 value condition
-
• Mean value of all tem‐
• Or perature sensors @
• Low side: refer‐ cold start >= -38° C
ence measuring • Number of valid sen‐
• Diff. IAT @ sors >= 2.00 -
manifold @ cold • Depending on block
start vs. ECT @ heater / solar radiation
radiator outlet @ detection time after
cold start > 30.0 engine start >= 0.5 s
K
Diff. ECT @ cyl‐ • Vehicle speed >= 22
• mph
inder head @
cold start vs. • For time >= 20.0 s
ECT @ radiator
outlet @ cold • Diff. actual IAT @
start > not cali‐ manifold vs. min. IAT
brated K @ manifold < 5.0 K
• Diff. AAT @ cold • Diff. actual ECT @
start vs. ECT @ cylinder head vs. min.
radiator outlet @ ECT @ cylinder head
cold start > 30.0 < not calibrated K
K
• Diff. actual AAT vs.
• Min. amount of min. AAT < 4.0 K
faulty reference
measurements • Diff. actual ECT @ ra‐
to detect defec‐ diator outlet vs. min.
tive sensor 2.00 ECT @ radiator outlet
- < 0.5 K

3. Diagnosis and Testing 189

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2184 Engine • Sensor voltage • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant <= 0.30 V DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ • Con‐ ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ tinu‐ ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ ous On Radiator
sor 2 Cir‐ Radiator Outlet -
cuit Low Outlet G83- . Refer
short to to
ground ⇒ “3.6.12
Engine Cool‐
ant Temper‐
ature Sensor
On Radiator
Outlet G83 ,
Checking”,
page 312
P2185 Engine • Sensor voltage • IAT @ throttle >= -33° • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant > 4.90 V C DCY Engine Cool‐
Coolant Tempera‐ • Con‐ ant Temper‐
Tempera‐ ture Sen‐ • Time after engine tinu‐ ature Sensor
ture Sen‐ sor @ start > 60.0 s ous On Radiator
sor 2 Cir‐ Radiator Outlet -
cuit High Outlet G83- . Refer
short to to
battery / ⇒ “3.6.12
open cir‐ Engine Cool‐
cuit ant Temper‐
ature Sensor
On Radiator
Outlet G83 ,
Checking”,
page 312

190 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2187 Fuel Sys‐ Case 1: • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
System tem Too • Adaptive value rev DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Lean Lean @ >= 2.80 mg/rev • Con‐ sure Sensor -
at Idle Idle • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Bank 1 Case 2: > 20° C ous fer to
• Adaptive value ⇒ “3.6.19
not calibrated • IAT @ manifold > -48°
C Fuel Pres‐
kg/h sure Sensor
• AAT > -48° C G247 ,
Checking”,
• Lambda setpoint 0.97 page 326 .
- 1.05-
– Check the
• Lambda control Fuel Injec‐
closed loop tors . Refer to
• Integrated air mass ⇒ “3.6.17
>= 50.0 - 150.0 g Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Vehicle speed < 4 ing”,
mph page 322 .
• Low dynamic condi‐ – Check the
tions: Oxygen Sen‐
• Diff. engine speed vs. sor 1 Before
averaged engine Catalytic
speed for engine Converter -
speed dynamic detec‐ GX10- . Re‐
tion < 60 - 130 rpm fer to
⇒ “3.6.28
• Diff. air mass vs. aver‐ Oxygen Sen‐
aged air mass for load sor 1 Before
dynamic detection < Catalytic
16.00 - 50.02 mg/rev Converter
GX10 ,
• Diff. between refer‐ Checking”,
ence and actual fuel page 344 .
pressure, high side <=
2,000.10 kPa – Check the
• Integrated air mass > Oxygen Sen‐
5.0 - 25.0 g sor 1 After
Catalytic
• And Converter -
GX7- . Refer
• Fuel mass lower to
range > 4.01 mg/rev ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
• Fuel mass upper sor 1 After
range < 0.00 - 17.00 Catalytic
mg/rev Converter
• Engine speed 576 - GX7 , Check‐
800 rpm ing”,
page 347 .
• Or
– Check the
• Engine not calibrated EVAP Canis‐
• And ter Purge
Regulator
• Evap purge valve Valve 1 -
closed N80- . Refer
to
• Or ⇒ “3.6.14
• Canister load <= 1.20 EVAP Canis‐
- ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

3. Diagnosis and Testing 191

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Evap purge flow at Checking”,
max. value page 316 .
• Or – Check the in‐
• Depending on canis‐ take system
ter purge min: visually for
leaks (false
• Lower limit of lambda air).
controller output not
calibrated
• Or
• Upper limit of lambda
controller output not
calibrated
• And
• Evap purge flow at
min. value

192 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2188 Fuel Sys‐ Case 1: • Air mass > 60.00 mg/ • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
System tem Too • Adaptive value rev DCY Fuel Pres‐
Too Rich Rich @ <= -3.01 mg/rev • Con‐ sure Sensor -
at Idle Idle • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ G247- . Re‐
Bank 1 Case 2: > 20° C ous fer to
• Adaptive value ⇒ “3.6.19
<= not calibrated • IAT @ manifold > -48°
Fuel Pres‐
kg/h C
sure Sensor
• AAT > -48° C G247 ,
Checking”,
• Lambda setpoint 0.97 page 326 .
- 1.05-
– Check the
• Lambda control Fuel Injec‐
closed loop tors . Refer to
• Oil dilution not detec‐ ⇒ “3.6.17
ted Fuel Injec‐
tor , Check‐
• Integrated air mass ing”,
>= 20.0 - 2,500.0 g page 322 .
• Vehicle speed < 4 – Check the
mph Oxygen Sen‐
• Low dynamic condi‐ sor 1 Before
tions: Catalytic
Converter -
• Diff. engine speed vs. GX10- . Re‐
averaged engine fer to
speed for engine ⇒ “3.6.28
speed dynamic detec‐ Oxygen Sen‐
tion < 60 - 130 rpm sor 1 Before
Catalytic
• Diff. air mass vs. aver‐ Converter
aged air mass for load GX10 ,
dynamic detection < Checking”,
16.00 - 50.02 mg/rev page 344 .
• Diff. between refer‐
ence and actual fuel – Check the
pressure, high side <= Oxygen Sen‐
2,000.10 kPa sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Integrated air mass > Converter -
5.0 - 25.0 g GX7- . Refer
to
• And ⇒ “3.6.29
Oxygen Sen‐
• Fuel mass lower sor 1 After
range > 4.01 mg/rev Catalytic
• Fuel mass upper Converter
range < 0.00 - 17.00 GX7 , Check‐
mg/rev ing”,
page 347 .
• Engine speed 576 -
800 rpm – Check the
EVAP Canis‐
• Or ter Purge
• Engine not calibrated Regulator
Valve 1 -
• And N80- . Refer
to
• Evap purge valve ⇒ “3.6.14
closed EVAP Canis‐
• Or ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,

3. Diagnosis and Testing 193

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Canister load <= 1.20 Checking”,
- page 316 .
• Evap purge flow at
max. value
• Or
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge min:
• Lower limit of lambda
controller output not
calibrated
• Or
• Upper limit of lambda
controller output not
calibrated
• And
• Evap purge flow at
min. value

194 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2195 Oxygen • Plausibility sig‐ • O2S front ready • 67.5 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors nal check O2S s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Sig‐ Front ra‐ front and O2S • O2S rear ready sor 1 Before
nal tionality rear: • Con‐ Catalytic
• ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐
Biased/ check >= -60° C Converter -
Stuck • Lambda value > ous GX10- . Re‐
Lean 1.13 - • MAF > 22.00; < fer to
Bank 1 • And 300.00 kg/h ⇒ “3.6.28
Sensor 1 Oxygen Sen‐
• O2S signal rear • Catalyst purge not ac‐ sor 1 Before
>= 0.95 V tive Catalytic
Converter
• Integrated air mass GX10 ,
after end of catalyst Checking”,
purge 5.0 g page 344 .
• Engine speed > 992
rpm
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
front > -273; < 850° C
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
active
• Integrated air mass >
20.0 g
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 3.00 %
• Dynamic air mass <
0.05 g/rev
• Dynamic engine
speed < 100 rpm
• And second control
loop active:
• Air mass 0.06 - 1.10 g/
rev
• Engine speed 576 -
4512 rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 195

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2196 Oxygen • Plausibility sig‐ • O2S front ready • 67.5 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors nal check O2S s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Sig‐ Front ra‐ front and O2S • O2S rear ready sor 1 Before
nal tionality rear: • Con‐ Catalytic
• ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐
Biased/ check >= -60° C Converter -
Stuck • Lambda value < ous GX10- . Re‐
Rich 0.85 - • MAF > 22.00; < fer to
Bank 1 • And 300.00 kg/h ⇒ “3.6.28
Sensor 1 Oxygen Sen‐
• O2S signal rear • Catalyst purge not ac‐ sor 1 Before
<= 0.20 V tive Catalytic
Converter
• Integrated air mass GX10 ,
after end of catalyst Checking”,
purge 5.0 g page 344 .
• Engine speed > 992
rpm
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
front > -273; < 850° C
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
active
• Integrated air mass >
20.0 g
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 3.00 %
• Dynamic air mass <
0.05 g/rev
• Dynamic engine
speed < 100 rpm
• And second control
loop active:
• Air mass 0.06 - 1.10 g/
rev
• Engine speed 576 -
4,512 rpm

P219C Fuel Sys‐ • Weighted adap‐ • Fuel pressure set‐ • 90.0 s • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem A/F tive value < point not calibrated DCY Oxygen Sen‐
1 Air-Fuel imbal‐ -13.00 % kPa • Once/ sor 1 Before
Ratio Im‐ ance: out DCY Catalytic
balance of range • Modeled catalyst tem‐ Converter -
low perature @ start <= GX10- . Re‐
P219D 900° C
Cylinder fer to
2 Air-Fuel • Lambda set value ⇒ “3.6.28
Ratio Im‐ 0.97 - 1.03 - Oxygen Sen‐
balance sor 1 Before
• Catalyst heating not Catalytic
P219E active Converter
Cylinder GX10 ,
3 Air-Fuel • Engine roughness Checking”,
Ratio Im‐ signal valid page 344 .
balance
• Fuel cut off not active – Check the
• AAT >= -48° C Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
• Barometric pressure Catalytic
>= 0.00 kPa Converter -
GX7- . Refer

196 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P219F • Min. injection time not to
Cylinder reached ⇒ “3.6.29
4 Air-Fuel Oxygen Sen‐
• And choice of: sor 1 After
Ratio Im‐
balance • Catalyst diagnosis not Catalytic
calibrated Converter
GX7 , Check‐
• Or ing”,
page 347 .
• Catalyst diagnosis not
calibrated
• Depending on cata‐
lyst diagnosis:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• And
• O2S dynamic diagno‐
sis not calibrated
• O2S delay diagnosis
not calibrated
• Lambda control
closed loop
• Catalyst purge not ac‐
tive
• Canister load <= 2.00
-
• Engine no full load
• Segment adaptation
finished
• Catalyst damaging
misfire not detected
• Emission threshold
misfire not detected
• No gear switch for
segments >= 90.00 -
• Segments after start >
0.00 -
• Time after engine
start > 0.0 s
• Rough road not detec‐
ted
• And
• Min. fuel mass >=
0.00 mg/rev
• Intake manifold run‐
ner flap position
change not active

3. Diagnosis and Testing 197

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
equipped
• Valve lift position
change not active
• And depending on
gear
• 1st gear not active
• 2nd gear not active
• 3rd gear not active
• 4th gear active
• 5th gear active
• 6th gear active
• 7th gear active
• 8th gear active
• and
• Integrated air mass
>= 0.00 - 10.00 kg
• Diff. engine speed vs.
dynamic engine
speed < 75 rpm
• Diff. air mass vs. dy‐
namic air mass <
34.99 mg/rev
• ECT @ cylinder head
60 - 143° C
• Adaptation cycles <=
3.00 -
• Engine speed 1,152 -
2,816 rpm
• And
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range >= 13.01
- 16.00 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range <= 26.01
- 38.00 mg/rev

198 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Fuel Sys‐ • Weighted adap‐ • Fuel pressure set‐
tem A/F tive value < point not calibrated
imbal‐ -10.00 % kPa
ance: out
of range • Weighted adap‐ • Modeled catalyst tem‐
high tive value > perature @ start <=
20.00 % 900° C
• Lambda set value
0.97 - 1.03 -
• Catalyst heating not
active
• Engine roughness
signal valid
• Fuel cut off not active
• AAT >= -48° C
• Barometric pressure
>= 0.00 kPa
• Min. injection time not
reached
• And choice of:
• Catalyst diagnosis not
active
• Depending on cata‐
lyst diagnosis:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• And O2S dynamic di‐
agnosis not calibrated
• O2S delay diagnosis
not calibrated
• Lambda control
closed loop
• Catalyst purge not ac‐
tive
• Canister load <= 2.00
-
• Engine no full load
• Segment adaptation
finished
• Catalyst damaging
misfire not detected

3. Diagnosis and Testing 199

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Emission threshold
misfire not detected
• No gear switch for
segments >= 90.00 -
• Segments after start >
0.00 -
• Time after engine
start > 0.0 s
• Rough road not detec‐
ted
• And
• Min. fuel mass >=
0.00 mg/rev
• Intake manifold run‐
ner flap position
change not active
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
equipped
• Valve lift position
change not equipped
• Depending on gear
• 1st gear not active
• 2nd gear not active
• 3rd gear not active
• 4th gear not active
• 5th gear active
• 6th gear active
• 7th gear active
• 8th gear active
• and
• Integrated air mass
>= 0.00 – 10.00 kg
• Diff. engine speed vs.
dynamic engine
speed < 75 rpm
• Diff. air mass vs. dy‐
namic air mass <
34.99 mg/rev
• ECT @ cylinder head
60 – 143° C
• Adaptation cycles <=
3.00 -
• Engine speed 1,152 -
2,816 rpm
• And

200 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range >= 13.01
- 16.00 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range <= 26.01
- 38.00 mg/rev

P2237 Oxygen • Diff. pump volt‐ • O2S front (linear) • 1.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age (VIP) vs. vir‐ ready DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Posi‐ Front tual ground volt‐ • Con‐ sor 1 Before
tive Cur‐ Open Cir‐ age (VG) > 1.20 • O2S ceramic temper‐ tinu‐ Catalytic
rent Con‐ cuit V ature > 785° C ous Converter -
trol Cir‐ Pump GX10- . Re‐
cuit/Open voltage • Diff. nernst volt‐ • For time >= 10.0 s
fer to
Bank 1 (VIP) age (VN) vs. vir‐ ⇒ “3.6.28
Sensor 1 tual ground volt‐ Oxygen Sen‐
age (VG) <= sor 1 Before
1.20 V Catalytic
• And choice of: Converter
GX10 ,
• Nernst voltage Checking”,
(VN) > 4.40 V page 344 .
• Or
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 2.35
V
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) < -2.35
V
• Or diff. nernst
voltage (VN) vs.
virtual ground
voltage (VG) >
1.60 V
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) < -0.10
V
• Or
• Pump current >
11.5 [mA
• Or
• Measurement
WRAF sensor
label resistor >
not calibrated
Ohm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 201

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2243 Oxygen • Diff. pump volt‐ • O2S front (linear) • 1.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age (VIP) vs. vir‐ ready DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Ref‐ Front tual ground volt‐ • Con‐ sor 1 Before
erence Open Cir‐ age (VG) <= • O2S ceramic temper‐ tinu‐ Catalytic
Voltage cuit 1.20 V ature > 785° C ous Converter -
Circuit / Nernst GX10- . Re‐
Open - Voltage • Diff. nernst volt‐ • For time >= 10.0 s
fer to
Bank 1, (VN) age (VN) vs. vir‐ ⇒ “3.6.28
Sensor 1 tual ground volt‐ Oxygen Sen‐
age (VG) > 1.20 sor 1 Before
V Catalytic
• And choice of: Converter
GX10 ,
• Nernst voltage Checking”,
(VN) > 4.40 V page 344 .
• Or
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 2.35
V
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) < -2.35
V
• Or
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 1.60
V
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) < -0.10
V
• Or
• Pump current >
11.5 mA
• Or
• measurement
O2S front label
resistor not cali‐
brated

202 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2251 Oxygen • Nernst voltage • O2S front (linear) • 1.5 s • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors (VN) > 4.40 V ready DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Nega‐ Front • Con‐ sor 1 Before
tive Cur‐ Open Cir‐ • Or • O2S ceramic temper‐ tinu‐ Catalytic
rent Con‐ cuit Virtu‐ • ature > 785° C ous Converter -
Diff. pump volt‐
trol Cir‐ al ground age (VIP) vs. vir‐ • For time >= 10.0 s GX10- . Re‐
cuit/Open tual ground volt‐ fer to
Bank 1 age (VG) > 2.35 ⇒ “3.6.28
Sensor 1 V Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Diff. pump volt‐ Catalytic
age (VIP) vs. vir‐ Converter
tual ground volt‐ GX10 ,
age (VG) < -2.35 Checking”,
V page 344 .
• Or
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 1.60
V
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) < -0.10
V
• Or
• Pump current >
11.5 [mA
• Or
• Measurement
WRAF sensor
label resistor >
not calibrated
Ohm
• And choice of:
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) <=
1.20 V
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) <=
1.20 V
• Or
• Diff. pump volt‐
age (VIP) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 1.20
V

3. Diagnosis and Testing 203

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Diff. nernst volt‐
age (VN) vs. vir‐
tual ground volt‐
age (VG) > 1.20
V

204 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2270 Oxygen • O2S rear volt‐ • General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age < 0.87 V (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Sig‐ Rear sig‐ • Catalyst monitor 50) s sor 1 After
nal nal range • Intrusive lambda lambda modulation Catalytic
Biased/ check ramp lean < 0.95 request active • Once / Converter -
Stuck - DCY GX7- . Refer
• Vehicle speed >= 0
Lean mph to
Bank 1 ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 • Barometric pressure Oxygen Sen‐
>= 0.00 kPa sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Catalyst overheating Converter
protection not active GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
• Turbine overheating page 347 .
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• Internal resistance
O2S rear <= 700.00
Ohm
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 170.01 - 200.00
mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev
• And
• Engine load not cali‐
brated %
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev

3. Diagnosis and Testing 205

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue not calibrated %
• For time >= not cali‐
brated s
• depending on scav‐
enging:
• integrated air mass af‐
ter end of scavenging
>= 30.0 [g]
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not equipped
• And depending on
Lambda control:

206 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated -
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g

3. Diagnosis and Testing 207

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
5.00 kg

208 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2271 Oxygen • O2S rear volt‐ • General conditions: • 0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors age > 0.25 V (FTP75: DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Sig‐ Rear sig‐ • Catalyst monitor 50) s sor 1 After
nal nal range • Intrusive lambda lambda modulation Catalytic
Biased/ check ramp lean > 1.12 request active • Once / Converter -
Stuck - DCY GX7- . Refer
• intrusive lambda ramp
Rich request active to
Bank 1 ⇒ “3.6.29
Sensor 2 • Vehicle speed >= 0 Oxygen Sen‐
mph sor 1 After
Catalytic
• Barometric pressure Converter
>= 0.00 kPa GX7 , Check‐
ing”,
• Catalyst overheating page 347 .
protection not active
• Turbine overheating
protection not active
• O2S rear ready
• O2S front ready
• Internal resistance
O2S rear <= 700.00
Ohm
• ECT @ cylinder head
> 50° C
• IAT @ manifold > -8°
C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ start of di‐
agnosis > 450° C
• Modeled catalyst tem‐
perature @ during di‐
agnosis 420 - 830° C
• Diff. between dynamic
and stationary cata‐
lyst temperature -116
- 116° C
• Integrated air mass,
catalyst temp. condi‐
tions fulfilled >= 25.0 -
130.0 g
• Modeled EGT @ O2S
rear <= 800° C
• MAF per cylinder
48.00 - 170.00 kg/h
• Air mass , lower range
>= 170.01 - 200.00
mg/rev
• Air mass , upper
range <= 359.99 -
680.01 mg/rev
• And
• Engine load <= not
calibrated %

3. Diagnosis and Testing 209

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Air mass setpoint not
calibrated g/rev
• Accelerator pedal val‐
ue <= not calibrated %
• For time >= not cali‐
brated s
• And low dynamic con‐
ditions
• Dynamic engine
speed < 46 rpm
• Dynamic air mass <
17.99 mg/rev
• Dynamic lambda con‐
troller output < 10.00
%
• And
• Integrated air mass
after dynamic condi‐
tions are fulfilled >
15.0 g
• Time after a catalyst
purge phase >= 1.0 s
• O2S rear voltage @
diagnosis start >=
0.65 V
• Integrated air mass
>= 20.0 g
• Integrated heat ener‐
gy >= 200.00 -
2,500.00 kJ
• Engine speed 1,120 -
3,104 rpm
• Deviation of lambda
controller output <
20.00 %
• Proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop not calibrated %
• Coasting function not
active
• O2S heater rear ac‐
tive
• Lambda adaptation
not active
• Valve lift not active
• And depending on
Lambda control:

210 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop before diagnosis
< 0.02 -
• Or
• Sum of integral and
proportional part of
secondary fuel control
loop during diagnosis
< 0.10 -
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge:
• Canister load not cali‐
brated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Canister load calcula‐
tion not calibrated
• Evap purge flow not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• Or
• Depending on canis‐
ter purge closing:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Canister purge valve
( closing time ) not
calibrated
• And choice of:
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• And
• Modeled air mass in‐
tegral > 0.0 g

3. Diagnosis and Testing 211

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Integrated air mass
per cylinder >= 0.50 -
5.00 kg

P2279 Intake Air • Throttle opening • Intake manifold mod‐ • 0.3 s • 2 – Check for air
MAP/ System area correction eled adaptation active DCY leaks visually
MAF - rationality included control‐ • Con‐ between
Throttle check ler and adaption • (by throttle opening tinu‐ MAF and
Position > 54.00 – 95.00 area) ous throttle body,
Correla‐ % • Throttle position oil fill cap not
tion 0.000 – 100.003° TPS seated or oil
• Lambda correc‐ dipstick not
tion included • Engine speed 576 – seated in
controller and 3,008 rpm tube. Also
adaption -40.00 any engine
– 40.00 % • Pressure quotient @ gaskets that
throttle 0.25 – 0.53 - can cause
• Lambda control‐
ler active additional air
• Fast throttle adapta‐ to enter the
tion finished crankcase
• MAP gradient -20.00 – can set this
20.00 kPa/s fault. If a vac‐
uum leak or
• Fuel cut off not active crankcase
seal is at
• Time after engine cause, the
start > 5.0 s idle may be
• Turbocharger boost rough or un‐
pressure < 135.00 stable.
kPa
– Check the
• Barometric pressure Throttle
60.00 – 107.50 kPa Valve Con‐
trol Module -
GX3- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.31
Throttle
Valve Con‐
trol Module
GX3 , Check‐
ing”,
page 351

212 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Ratio adapted • Intake manifold mod‐ • 1.0 s
turbocharger eled adaptation active
boost pressure • Con‐
and actual tur‐ • (By turbocharger tinu‐
bocharger boost boost pressure) ous
pressure > • Throttle position >
50.00 % 2.998° TPS
• Lambda correc‐ • Engine speed 1,216 -
tion included 6,000 rpm
controller and
adaption -23.00 • Modeled pressure
– 23.00 % quotient @ throttle
0.43 - 0.95 -
• Lambda control‐
ler active • Engine running
• Fast throttle adapta‐
tion finished
• MAP gradient -20.00 -
20.00 kPa/s
• Fuel cut off not active
• Time after engine
start > 5.0 s
• Boost pressure <
135.00 kPa
• Barometric pressure
60.00 - 107.50 kPa

P2300 Ignition • Output current in • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils ON state > 50 - RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "A" Short To 100 mA • Con‐ with Power
Primary Ground • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
Control > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
Circuit • Engine stop not active to
Low ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P2301 Ignition • Diagnosis by in‐ • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils active low side RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "A" Short To switch in ATIC: • Con‐ with Power
Primary Battery • Engine stop not active tinu‐ Output
Control Plus • Output voltage ous Stage . Refer
Circuit in OFF state > • Actuator commanded
to
4.95 - 5.285 V off
High ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
• Output tempera‐ • Engine speed > 512 With Power
ture from ATIC RPM Output
in ON state > Stage ,
160.0 - 200.0° C • Engine stop not active Checking”,
page 332 .
• Output current in • Actuator commanded
ON state > 100 – on
180 mA

3. Diagnosis and Testing 213

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2302 Ignition • Output voltage • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils in OFF state, rpm DCY nition Coils
Coil "A" open cir‐ lower range >= • Con‐ with Power
Secon‐ cuit 1.92 - 2.21 V • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
dary Cir‐ > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
cuit • Output voltage to
in OFF state, up‐ • Engine stop not active
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
per range <= nition Coils
2.85 - 3.25 V With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P2303 Ignition • Output current in • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils ON state > 50 - RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "B" Short To 100 mA • Con‐ with Power
Primary Ground • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
Control > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
Circuit • Engine stop not active to
Low ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P2304 Ignition • Diagnosis_by_inactive_low
• Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils side switch in ATIC: RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "B" Short To • Con‐ with Power
Primary Battery • Output voltage in •OFF
Engine stop not active tinu‐ Output
Control Plus state > 4.95 - 5.285 V ous Stage . Refer
• Actuator commanded
Circuit off to
High ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
• Output tempera‐ • Engine speed > 512 With Power
ture from ATIC RPM Output
in ON state > Stage ,
160.0 - 200.0° C • Engine stop not active
Checking”,
• Output current in • Actuator commanded page 332 .
ON state > 100 – on
180 mA

P2305 Ignition • Output voltage • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils in OFF state, rpm DCY nition Coils
Coil "B" open cir‐ lower range >= • Con‐ with Power
Secon‐ cuit 1.92 - 2.21 V • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
dary Cir‐ > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
cuit • Output voltage to
in OFF state, up‐ • Engine stop not active
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
per range <= nition Coils
2.85 - 3.25 V With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .

214 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2306 Ignition • Output current in • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils ON state > 50 - RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "C" Short To 100 mA • Con‐ with Power
Primary Ground • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
Control > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
Circuit • Engine stop not active to
Low ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P2307 Ignition • Diagnosis_by_inactive_low
• Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils side switch in ATIC: RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "C" Short To • Con‐ with Power
Primary Battery • Output voltage in •OFF
Engine stop not active tinu‐ Output
Control Plus state > 4.95 - 5.285 V ous Stage . Refer
• Actuator commanded
Circuit off to
High ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
• Output tempera‐ • Engine speed > 512 With Power
ture from ATIC RPM Output
in ON state > Stage ,
160.0 - 200.0° C • Engine stop not active
Checking”,
• Output current in • Actuator commanded page 332 .
ON state > 100 – on
180 mA

P2308 Ignition • Output voltage • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils in OFF state, rpm DCY nition Coils
Coil "C" open cir‐ lower range >= • Con‐ with Power
Secon‐ cuit 1.92 - 2.21 V • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
dary Cir‐ > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
cuit • Output voltage to
in OFF state, up‐ • Engine stop not active
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
per range <= nition Coils
2.85 - 3.25 V With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .
P2309 Ignition • Output current in • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils ON state > 50 - RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "D" Short To 100 mA • Con‐ with Power
Primary Ground • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
Control > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
Circuit • Engine stop not active to
Low ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 215

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P230A Fuel Sys‐ • Cylinder misfire • Fuel pressure set‐ • 90 • 2 – Check the
Cylinder tem A/F counter > 10.00 point not calibrated (does DCY Oxygen Sen‐
1 Air-Fuel imbal‐ [-] kPa not sor 1 Before
Ratio Im‐ ance: ra‐ run in Catalytic
balance - tionality • Modeled catalyst tem‐ FTP) Converter -
Adjust‐ check perature @ start <= [s] GX10- . Re‐
ment At 900° C fer to
Limit Dur‐ • Once / ⇒ “3.6.28
• Lambda set value DCY
ing Bal‐ 0.97 – 1.03 - Oxygen Sen‐
ance sor 1 Before
P230B • Catalyst heating not Catalytic
Cylinder active Converter
2 Air-Fuel GX10 ,
• Engine roughness Checking”,
Ratio Im‐ signal valid
balance - page 344
Adjust‐ • Fuel cut off not active
ment At – Check the
Limit Dur‐ • AAT >= -48° C Oxygen Sen‐
ing Bal‐ sor 1 After
• Barometric pressure Catalytic
ance >= 0.00 kPa Converter -
P230C GX7- . Refer
Cylinder • And to
3 Air-Fuel • Min. injection time not ⇒ “3.6.29
Ratio Im‐ reached Oxygen Sen‐
balance - sor 1 After
Adjust‐ • And Catalytic
ment At Converter
Limit Dur‐ • Choice of: GX7 , Check‐
ing Bal‐ • Catalyst diagnosis not ing”,
ance calibrated page 347

• Or
• Catalyst diagnosis not
calibrated
• Depending on cata‐
lyst diagnosis:
• Canister purge (con‐
ditions) not calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge valve not
calibrated
• Or
• Evap purge not cali‐
brated
• And
• O2S dynamic diagno‐
sis not calibrated
• O2S delay diagnosis
not calibrated
• Lambda control
closed loop
• Catalyst purge not ac‐
tive

216 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P230D • Canister load <= 2.00
Cylinder -
4 Air-Fuel • Engine no full load
Ratio Im‐
balance - • Segment adaptation
Adjust‐ finished
ment At
Limit Dur‐ • Catalyst damaging
ing Bal‐ misfire not detected
ance
• Emission threshold
misfire not detected
• No gear switch for
segments >= 90.00 -
• Segments after start >
0.00 -
• Time after engine
start > 0.0 s
• Rough road not detec‐
ted
• And
• Min. fuel mass >=
0.00 mg/rev
• Intake manifold run‐
ner flap position
change not active
• Injection mode
change (DFI/MFI) not
equipped
• Valve lift position
change not equipped
• And
• Depending on gear
• 1st gear not active
• 2nd gear not active
• 3rd gear not active
• 4th gear not active
• 5th gear active
• 6th gear active
• 7th gear active
• 8th gear active
• and
• Integrated air mass
>= 0.00 – 10.00 kg
• Diff. engine speed vs.
dynamic engine
speed < 75 rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 217

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Diff. air mass vs. dy‐
namic air mass <
34.99 mg/rev
• ECT @ cylinder head
60 – 143° C
• Adaptation cycles <=
3.00 -
• Engine speed 1152 –
2,816 rpm
• And
• Fuel mass setpoint
lower range >= 13.01
– 16.00 mg/rev
• Fuel mass setpoint
upper range <= 26.01
– 38.00 mg/rev

P2310 Ignition • Diagnosis_by_inactive_low

• Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils side switch in ATIC: RPM DCY nition Coils
Coil "D" Short To • Con‐ with Power
Primary Battery • Output voltage in •OFF
Engine stop not active tinu‐ Output
Control Plus state > 4.95 - 5.285 V ous Stage . Refer
• Actuator commanded
Circuit off to
High ⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
nition Coils
• Output tempera‐ • Engine speed > 512 With Power
ture from ATIC RPM Output
in ON state > Stage ,
160.0 - 200.0° C • Engine stop not active
Checking”,
• Output current in • Actuator commanded page 332 .
ON state > 100 – on
180 mA

P2311 Ignition • Output voltage • Engine speed > 512 • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the Ig‐
Ignition Coils in OFF state, rpm DCY nition Coils
Coil "D" open cir‐ lower range >= • Con‐ with Power
Secon‐ cuit 1.92 - 2.21 V • ECT @ cylinder head tinu‐ Output
dary Cir‐ > -30° C ous Stage . Refer
cuit • Output voltage to
in OFF state, up‐ • Engine stop not active
⇒ “3.6.22 Ig‐
per range <= nition Coils
2.85 - 3.25 V With Power
Output
Stage ,
Checking”,
page 332 .

218 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2414 Oxygen • Pump current • O2S front ready • 10.0 • 2 – Check the
O2 Sen‐ Sensors correction > 1.2 s DCY Oxygen Sen‐
sor Ex‐ Front ra‐ mA • Fuel cut off not active sor 1 Before
haust tionality • Con‐ Catalytic
• Injection mode tinu‐
Sample check change (DFI/MFI) not Converter -
Error ous GX10- . Re‐
active
Bank 1 fer to
Sensor 1 • Depending on engine ⇒ “3.6.28
state: Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 Before
• Engine part load Catalytic
Converter
• Or GX10 ,
• Engine full load Checking”,
page 344 .
• Or
• Engine idle
• For time >= 1.0 s

P2556 Rotary • Received data • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant implausible >= 0.0 s DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve message • Con‐ Head Cool‐
Level commu‐ tinu‐ ant Valve -
Sensor/ nication ous N489- . Refer
Switch check to
Circuit ⇒ “3.6.10
Cylinder
Head Cool‐
ant Valve
N489 ,
Checking”,
page 308
P2557 Rotary • Checksum sig‐ • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant nal failure >= 0.0 s DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve • Con‐ Head Cool‐
Level check‐ • Sensor signal < tinu‐ ant Valve -
Sensor/ sum veri‐ 1.00; > 4094.00 ous N489- . Refer
Switch fication / [-] to
Circuit signal ⇒ “3.6.10
Range/ check Cylinder
Perform‐ Head Cool‐
ance ant Valve
N489 ,
Checking”,
page 308
P2564 Turbo‐ • Turbocharger • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Turbo‐ charger boost control po‐ DCY Charge
charger Boost sition sensor • Con‐ Pressure Ac‐
Boost Control voltage < 0.20 V tinu‐ tuator -
Control Position ous V465- . Refer
Position Sensor to
Sensor short to ⇒ “3.6.9
"A" Cir‐ ground / Charge
cuit Low open cir‐ Pressure Ac‐
cuit tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306

3. Diagnosis and Testing 219

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
P2565 Turbo‐ • Turbocharger • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Turbo‐ charger boost control po‐ DCY Charge
charger Boost sition sensor • Con‐ Pressure Ac‐
Boost Control voltage > 4.80 V tinu‐ tuator -
Control Position ous V465- . Refer
Position Sensor to
Sensor short to ⇒ “3.6.9
"A" Cir‐ battery Charge
cuit High plus Pressure Ac‐
tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306
P2610 Engine • Difference be‐ • General: • 0.01 s • 2 – Check ALL
ECM/ Off Time tween engine- DCY power and
PCM En‐ rationality off time and • SPI communication • Once / grounds to
gine Off check ECM keep alive- finished DCY the ECM.
Timer time >= 12.0 s • ECM internal time val‐ The ECM
Perform‐ id must have a
ance power supply
• Choice of: when the key
is off to run
• ECM keep alive time the timer and
active system
checks. If
• ECM internal timer re‐ OK, replace
set not activated the Engine
• Time delay >= 1.0 s Control Mod‐
ule - J623- .
• Or
• Delay timer for ac‐
quisition of engine off
time > 0.1 s
• Or
• Result of low power
check initialization >
0.0; < 9.0 -

220 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Time after engine stop
< 86,400.0 s
• Engine off time plau‐
sible
• Engine off time moni‐
toring not finished
• Engine off time signal
valid
• Time after reset < 2.0
s
• And
• Case 1:
• Engine off timer "n.a."
• Case 2:
• ECM internal timer ac‐
tive
• SPI communication
failure after reset de‐
tected

Engine • ECM internal • ECM internal timer re‐ • 1.3 s

Off Time timer initializa‐ set not active
ECM in‐ tion failure • Con‐
ternal • SPI communication tinu‐
timer • Or failure after reset not ous
check detected
• ECM internal
timer communi‐
cation failure

Engine • Deviation en‐ • ECM internal timer re‐ • 60 s

Off Time gine-off-time set not active
rationality and ECM keep • Con‐
check alive-time > 5.00 • Time after last engine tinu‐
high % stop <= 48.00 h ous
• ECM keep alive time
active

Engine • Deviation en‐ • ECM internal timer re‐ • 60 s

Off Time gine-off-time set not active
rationality and ECM keep • Con‐
check low alive-time > 5.00 • Time after last engine tinu‐
% stop <= 172,800 s ous
• ECM keep alive time
active

Engine • Difference be‐ • SPI initialization fin‐ • 10 ms

Off Time tween ECM ished
rationality keep alive-time • once /
check and engine-off- • Time after ECM wake DCY
time >= 12.0 s up < 2.0 s
• Time after last engine
stop < 47.78 h
• vehicle ready to drive

3. Diagnosis and Testing 221

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
Engine • Internal check • ECM internal timer re‐ • 0.1 s
Off Time failure set not active
internal • Con‐
hardware tinu‐
check ous

P2635 COM: • Phase current > • 3.1 s • 2 – Replace the

Fuel Fuel 16.4 A DCY Engine Con‐
Pump Pump • Con‐ trol Module -
Control Control tinu‐ J623- . Refer
Module Module ous to appropri‐
commu‐ (FPCM) ate repair
nication signal manual.
range
check
COM: • Number of de‐ • 1.3 s
Fuel tected non suc‐
Pump cessful pump • Con‐
Control starts 3 [-] tinu‐
Module ous
(FPCM)
functional • FP sensor: short • 2.4 s
check: to battery failure
pump or rpm deviation • Con‐
blocked feedback >= tinu‐
2.00 - ous

P2681 Rotary • Load resistance • Rotary slide valve • 1.3 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant > 200.0 kOhm commanded off DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve • Con‐ Head Cool‐
Bypass open cir‐ tinu‐ ant Valve -
Valve "A" cuit ous N489- . Refer
Control to
Circuit/ ⇒ “3.6.10
Open Cylinder
Head Cool‐
ant Valve
N489 ,
Checking”,
page 308
P2682 Rotary • High side cur‐ • Rotary slide valve • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant rent output 1 > commanded on DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve 9.3 – 15.0 A • Con‐ Head Cool‐
Bypass short to • Rotary valve direction tinu‐ ant Valve -
Valve "A" ground forward ous N489- . Refer
Control to
Circuit • High side cur‐ • Rotary slide valve ⇒ “3.6.10
Low rent output 2 > commanded on Cylinder
9.3 – 15.0 A Head Cool‐
• Rotary valve direction ant Valve
reversed N489 ,
Checking”,
page 308
P2683 Rotary • Low side current • Rotary slide valve • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Engine Coolant output 1 > 9.3 – commanded off DCY Cylinder
Coolant Valve 15.0 A • Con‐ Head Cool‐
Bypass short to tinu‐ ant Valve -
Valve "A" battery ous N489- . Refer
Control plus to
Circuit ⇒ “3.6.10
High Cylinder
Head Cool‐
ant Valve
N489 ,

222 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Low side current Checking”,
output 2 > 9.3 – page 308
15.0 A

P308D Fuel • Speed deviation • 6.9 s • 2 – Replace the

Fuel Pump < 10 % DCY Engine Con‐
pump En‐ Control • Con‐ trol Module -
gine Module tinu‐ J623- . Refer
speed too (FPCM) ous to appropri‐
low function ate repair
monitor‐ manual.
ing: en‐
gine
speed
deviation
P334A Turbo‐ • Bypass valve • Boost pressure con‐ • 0.4 s • 2 – Check the
Charge charger driver current > trol active DCY Charge
pressure (TC) 9.3 – 15.0 A • Con‐ Pressure Ac‐
actuator Boost tinu‐ tuator -
Electrical Control ous V465- . Refer
error Actuator to
short cir‐ ⇒ “3.6.9
cuit Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator V465 /
Charge
Pressure Ac‐
tuator Posi‐
tion Sensor
G581 ,
Checking”,
page 306
U0001 CAN: • Message no • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
High Power‐ feedback 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Speed train BUS • Con‐ terminal re‐
CAN Reading tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
Commu‐ Back ous fer to
nication Sent ⇒
Bus Message “3.6.6 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0002 COM: • Global time out • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
High Power‐ receiving no 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Speed train Bus message • Con‐ terminal re‐
CAN Commu‐ tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
Commu‐ nication ous fer to
nication Check ⇒
Bus Per‐ “3.6.6 CAN-
formance Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 223

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
U013C Accelera‐ • Received mes‐ • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Lost tor Pedal sage no mes‐ DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Position sage • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication (APP) tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With Ac‐ Sensor 1 ous fer to
celerator commu‐ ⇒
Pedal nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Module with APP Bus Terminal
Sensor 1 Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U043D Accelera‐ • Received data • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid tor Pedal implausible DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ Position message • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived (APP) tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
From Ac‐ Sensor 1 ous fer to
celerator commu‐ ⇒
Pedal nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Module with APP Bus Terminal
Sensor 1 Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0080 FlexRay: • FlexRay lost • Time after ignition on • 0.4 s • 2 – Check the
Vehicle Power‐ synchronization 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ train transmitting and • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication commu‐ receiving no tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
Bus F nication message ous fer to
check ⇒
“3.6.6 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0101 COM: • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Trans‐ sage from TCM 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ mission no message • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Control tinu‐ sistance be‐
With TCM Module ous tween the
(TCM) DSG Trans‐
Commu‐ mission Me‐
nication chatronic -
With TCM J743- to En‐
gine Control
Module -
J623- . Refer
to
⇒
“3.6.7 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Powertrain,
Checking”,
page 302

224 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
U0114 COM: All • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Wheel sage no mes‐ 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Drive sage • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Control tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With Module ous fer to
Four- (AWDCM ⇒
Wheel ) commu‐ “3.6.6 CAN-
Drive nication Bus Terminal
Clutch with Resistance,
Control AWDCM Checking”,
Module page 300 .
U0121 COM: • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Brake sage from TCS 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ System no message • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Control tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With Anti- Module ous fer to
Lock (BSCM) ⇒
Brake Commu‐ “3.6.6 CAN-
System nication Bus Terminal
(ABS) With Resistance,
Control BSCM Checking”,
Module page 300 .
U0140 COM: • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Body sage no mes‐ 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Control sage • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Module tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With (BCM) ous fer to
Body Commu‐ ⇒
Control nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Module With Bus Terminal
BCM Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0141 COM: • Message no • Time after ignition on • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Body message 500 ms DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Control • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Module tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With (BCM) 2 ous fer to
Body commu‐ ⇒
Control nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Module with BCM Bus Terminal
"A" 2 Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0146 COM: • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Lost Gateway sage no mes‐ 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Commu‐ sage • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication nication tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With With ous fer to
Gateway Gateway ⇒
"A" “3.6.6 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 225

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
U0155 COM: In‐ • Received mes‐ • Time after ignition on • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Lost strument sage no mes‐ 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Commu‐ Panel sage • Con‐ terminal re‐
nication Cluster tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With In‐ (IPC) ous fer to
strument Commu‐ ⇒
Panel nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Cluster With IPC Bus Terminal
(IPC) Resistance,
Control Checking”,
Module page 300 .
U0302 COM: • Received AT ve‐ • Time after ignition on • 5.0 s • 2 – Check the
Software Trans‐ hicle data TCM 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Incom‐ mission signal • Con‐ terminal re‐
patibility Control tinu‐ sistance be‐
With Module ous tween the
Trans‐ (TCM) DSG Trans‐
mission Commu‐ mission Me‐
Control nication chatronic -
Module With TCM J743- to En‐
gine Control
Module -
J623- . Refer
to
⇒
“3.6.7 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Powertrain,
Checking”,
page 302

– Replace the
DSG Trans‐
mission Me‐
chatronic -
J743- . Refer
to appropri‐
ate repair
manual.
U0322 COM: • Ambient tem‐ • Time after ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 – Check the
Software Gateway perature sensor > 1.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Incom‐ commu‐ coding monitor‐ • Con‐ terminal re‐
patibility nication ing failure tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
With with ous fer to
Body Gateway ⇒
Control “3.6.6 CAN-
Module Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .

226 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
U0402 COM: • Received data • Time after ignition on • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid Trans‐ from TCM im‐ 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ mission plausible mes‐ • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived Control sage tinu‐ sistance be‐
From Module ous tween the
TCM (TCM) DSG Trans‐
Commu‐ mission Me‐
nication chatronic -
With TCM J743- to En‐
gine Control
Module -
J623- . Refer
to
⇒
“3.6.7 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Powertrain,
Checking”,
page 302
U0415 Vehicle • Vehicle speed > • 0.1 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid Speed 202 mph DCY vehicle
Data Re‐ Sensor • Con‐ speed signal
ceived rationality tinu‐ to the Instru‐
From An‐ check ous ment Cluster
ti-Lock high* Control Mod‐
Brake COM: • Received data • Time after ignition on • 0.5 s ule - J285- .
System Brake from TCS im‐ 0.5 s Refer to
(ABS) System plausible mes‐ • Con‐ ⇒ “3.6.33 Ve‐
Control Control sage tinu‐ hicle Speed
Module Module ous Signal,
(BSCM) • Received data Checking”,
Commu‐ from TCS signal page 355 .
nication out of valid
With range – Check the
BSCM CAN-Bus
terminal re‐
COM: • Speed sensor • Time since engine • 2.0 s sistance. Re‐
Vehicle signal: initializa‐ running > 0.5 s fer to
Speed tion error = • Con‐ ⇒
Sensor 655.33 - 655.34 • Vehicle speed < 7 tinu‐ “3.6.6 CAN-
(VSS) km/h mph ous Bus Terminal
commu‐ Resistance,
nication • No map, just Checking”,
with bottom and top page 300 .
BSCM limit

• Speed sensor • Time since engine • 2.0 s

signal: low volt‐ running > 0.5 s
age error = • Con‐
655.33 - 655.34 • Vehicle speed < 7 tinu‐
km/h mph ous

• No map, just
bottom and top
limit

3. Diagnosis and Testing 227

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
• Speed sensor • Time since engine • 0.5 s
signal: sensor running > 0.5 s
error = 655.35 • Con‐
km/h tinu‐
ous
• No map, just
bottom and top
limit

U0422 COM: • Ambient tem‐ • Time after ignition on • 3.0 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid Gateway perature value > 1.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ commu‐ (initialization) • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived nication failure • Engine running tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
From with ous fer to
Body Gateway ⇒
Control “3.6.6 CAN-
Module Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0423 COM: In‐ • Received data • Time after ignition on • 3.0 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid strument from Instrument 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ Panel Cluster signal • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived Cluster out of valid tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
From In‐ (IPC) range ous fer to
strument Commu‐ ⇒
Panel nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Cluster With IPC Bus Terminal
Control Resistance,
Module Checking”,
page 300 .
U0431 COM: • Received data • Time after ignition on • 1.0 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid Body from BCM 2 im‐ 500 ms DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ Control plausible mes‐ • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived Module sage tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
From (BCM) 2 ous fer to
Body commu‐ ⇒
Control nication “3.6.6 CAN-
Module with BCM Bus Terminal
"A" 2 Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .
U0447 COM: • Received data • Time after ignition on • 0.3 s • 2 – Check the
Invalid Gateway from gateway 0.5 s DCY CAN-Bus
Data Re‐ Commu‐ implausible • Con‐ terminal re‐
ceived nication message tinu‐ sistance. Re‐
From With ous fer to
Gateway Gateway ⇒
"A" “3.6.6 CAN-
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 300 .

228 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DTC / De‐ Monitor Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parameters Monitor‐ MIL Illu‐ Component Di‐
scription Strategy and Threshold Val‐ with Enable Conditions ing Time mination agnostic Proce‐
Descrip‐ ue Length dure
tion
U1103 ECM: • Production • During ECM keep • 0.01 • 1 – Vehicle in
ECM: Produc‐ mode active alive-time after igni‐ s DCY production
Produc‐ tion Mode tion off mode. Refer
tion Mode Vehicle In • Con‐ to appropri‐
Produc‐ • Vehicle speed < 3.0 tinu‐ ate repair
tion Mode MPH ous manual.
• Engine speed 0 RPM
• Max trip mileage since
initial vehicle start-up
< 62.15 miles
• For Hybrid:
• Drive motor off

3.5 Transmission DTC Tables

♦ ⇒ “3.5.1 Transmission Control Module , 7 speed DL-382 (2017
MY)”, page 229
♦ ⇒ “3.5.2 Transmission Control Module AL-552-8Q 0D5 (2017
MY)”, page 245

3.5.1 Transmission Control Module , 7 speed DL-382 (2017 MY)

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0501 Vehicle • rationality • difference • >150 rpm • Input shaft • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Speed check between speeds for
Sensor measured • and shafts 1 and • Con‐
"A" Cir‐ and calcu‐ • 2 > 100rpm tinu‐
>150 rpm ous
cuit lated out‐
Range/ put speed
Perform‐ for shaft 1
ance
• and
• difference
between
output
shaft
speed 1
and shaft 2

P0560 System • Signal • Internal • > 5.5V or < • TCM is in • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Voltage range sensor 4.5 power-on
check supply state = true • Con‐
voltage tinu‐
ous

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

3. Diagnosis and Testing 229

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0562 System • signal • Voltage • < 8V • • 5.0 s • 2 DCY
Voltage range and one of
Low check the follow‐ • Con‐
ing moni‐ tinu‐
tors is in ous
protective
function
P0750,
P0765,
P0760,
P0755,
P0745,
P0775,
P0795,
P0770,
P2706

P0602 Control • rationality • The Con‐ • incompati‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Module check trol Mod‐ ble
Program‐ ule-SW is • Con‐
ming Er‐ tinu‐
ror ous

P0604 Internal • functional • write ability • faulty • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Control check check
Module • Con‐
Random tinu‐
Access ous
Memory
(RAM)
Error
P0607 Control • function • too low • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Module check gear selec‐
Perform‐ ted and • Con‐
ance clutch tinu‐
closed ous
• too low
gear selec‐
ted
• two gears
on one
shaft
• both
clutches
closed
• incorrect
clutch ac‐
tuation
• delayed
traction

230 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P06A Sensor • circuit con‐ • voltage • 2.0 V • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
6 Refer‐ tinuity
ence check • Con‐
Voltage tinu‐
"A" Cir‐ ous
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P06A Sensor • circuit con‐ • voltage • 2.0 V • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
7 Refer‐ tinuity
ence check • Con‐
Voltage tinu‐
"B" Cir‐ ous
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P06A Sensor • circuit con‐ • voltage • 2.0 V • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
8 Refer‐ tinuity
ence check • Con‐
Voltage tinu‐
"C" Cir‐ ous
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P06A Sensor • signal • Internal • > 6.5V or < • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
9 Refer‐ range sensor 5.5
ence check supply • Con‐
Voltage voltage tinu‐
"D" Cir‐ ous
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P0614 ECM/ • rationality • Informa‐ • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
TCM In‐ check tion of
compati‐ transmis‐ • Con‐
ble sion code tinu‐
is faulty ous

• Informa‐
tion of en‐
gine code
is faulty

P062 Internal • rationality • compari‐ • invalid • when read‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

F Control check son of EE‐ ing a data‐
Module Prom date block active • Con‐
EEPROM - both cop‐ tinu‐
Error ies ous

• memory • compari‐ • invalid

check son of stor‐
ed value -
both cop‐
ies

3. Diagnosis and Testing 231

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0666 Control • circuit con‐ • TCM Tem‐ • failed • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Module tinuity perature
Internal check Sensor • invalid • TCM Tem‐ • Con‐
Tempera‐ self check state perature tinu‐
ture Sen‐ Sensor Initi‐ ous
sor "A" • TCM Tem‐ • -0.03125 [° alization fin‐
perature C] ished
Circuit
Sensor • < -24 [°C]
• TCM Tem‐ • > 24 [°C]
perature
Sensor at
• and
• actual chip
tempera‐
ture
• or
• actual chip
tempera‐
ture

P0667 Control • rationality • difference • 26 > x > • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Module check between -26 [°C]
Internal TCM Tem‐ • TCM Tem‐ • Con‐
Tempera‐ perature • > 8 [°C] perature tinu‐
ture Sen‐ Sensor Sensor Initi‐ ous
sor "A" and inter‐ alization fin‐
Range/ nal chip ished
Perform‐ tempera‐ • Ignition on
ance ture
• difference
between
actual
TCM Tem‐
perature
Sensor
and filtered
temperatur

P0700 Transm. • functional • CPU per‐ • active • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Contr.Sy check manent
stem Mal‐ shutdown • Con‐
function of all ac‐ tinu‐
tors ous

P0702 Trans‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

mission tinuity voltage
Control check • Con‐
System tinu‐
Electrical ous

232 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0716 Input/Tur‐ • signal • Input shaft • > 12000 • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
bine range speed for rpm
Shaft check shaft 1 • Con‐
Speed tinu‐
Sensor ous
"A" Cir‐
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P0718 Input/Tur‐ • rationality • no signal • > 1 [s] • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
bine check
Shaft • Con‐
Speed tinu‐
Sensor ous
"A" Cir‐
cuit Inter‐
mittent
P0745 Pressure • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Control tinuity between
Solenoid check set current • Con‐
"A" and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0748 Pressure • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Control tinuity voltage
Solenoid check • Con‐
"A" Elec‐ tinu‐
trical ous

P0750 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "A" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0753 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "A" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

P0755 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "B" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0758 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "B" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

3. Diagnosis and Testing 233

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0760 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "C" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0763 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "C" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

P0765 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "D" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0768 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "D" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

P0770 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "E" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0773 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "E" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

P0775 Pressure • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Control tinuity between
Solenoid check set current • Con‐
"B" and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P0778 Pressure • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Control tinuity voltage
Solenoid check • Con‐
"B" Elec‐ tinu‐
trical ous

P0795 Pressure • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

Control tinuity between
Solenoid check set current • Con‐
"C" and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

234 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0798 Pressure • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Control tinuity voltage
Solenoid check • Con‐
"C" Elec‐ tinu‐
trical ous

P0811 Exces‐ • rationality • Clutch slip‐ • >150 rpm • Clutch state • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
sive check page was is Drive
Clutch detected • Con‐
"A" Slip‐ tinu‐
page ous

P081 Exces‐ • rationality • Clutch slip‐ • >150 rpm • Clutch state • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
E sive check page was is Drive
Clutch detected • Con‐
"B" Slip‐ tinu‐
page ous

P0B0 Auxiliary • signal • Voltage • < 10 [V] • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

A Trans‐ range
mission check • and • Con‐
Fluid tinu‐
• P0B0D is ous
Pump in protec‐
Motor tive func‐
Supply tion
Voltage
Circuit
Low
P0B0 Electric/ • signal • Difference • >500rpm • Calibration • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
D Auxiliary range between not aktiv
Trans‐ check actual and • Con‐
mission comman‐ tinu‐
Fluid ded ATF ous
Pump pump
Motor speed
Control
Module
P0C2 Electric/ • functional • ATF pump • active • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
8 Auxiliary check overcur‐
Trans‐ rent pro‐ • Con‐
mission tection tinu‐
Fluid ous
Pump "A"
Motor
Current
High
P0C2 Electric/ • circuit con‐ • electrical • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
9 Auxiliary tinuity failure in
Trans‐ check power am‐ • Con‐
mission plifier tinu‐
Fluid (Endtsufe) ous
Pump "A"
Driver • driver error
Circuit • overload
Perform‐ ATF pump
ance

3. Diagnosis and Testing 235

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0C2 Electric/ • functional • current • 300 rpm • ATF pump • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
A Auxiliary check ATF pump governor en‐
Trans‐ speed < • and abled • Con‐
mission tinu‐
• and • 30-50 A • and ous
Fluid
Pump "A" • set current • target ATF-
Motor for ATF engine
Stalled pump con‐ speed > 300
trol rpm

P0C2 Electric/ • rationality • sensor • >0.8 or • sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

C Auxiliary check output sin² <1.2 ply voltage
Trans‐ +cos² 4.5-5.5 V • Con‐
mission tinu‐
Fluid ous
Pump
Control
Module
Feed‐
back Sig‐
nal
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P0C2 Electric/ • signal • sensor • <0.25 V • sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
D Auxiliary range output volt‐ ply voltage
Trans‐ check age 4.5-5.5 V • Con‐
mission tinu‐
Fluid ous
Pump
Control
Module
Feed‐
back Sig‐
nal Low
P0C2 Electric/ • signal • sensor • >4.5 V • sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
E Auxiliary range output volt‐ ply voltage
Trans‐ check age 4.5-5.5 V • Con‐
mission tinu‐
Fluid ous
Pump
Control
Module
Feed‐
back Sig‐
nal High

236 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P187 Gear se‐ • functional • Timeout in • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
A lector 1 check gear ac‐ tor 1-3 nomi‐
Engaging tuator • > 1 [s] nal state is • Con‐
process state after after syncro‐ tinu‐
• > 1 [s] ous
not suc‐ syncroni‐ nization
cessful zation • > 2 [s]
• Gear actua‐
• Timeout in • > 300 rpm tor 1-3 nomi‐
gear ac‐ nal state is
tuator • and Unlatched
state Un‐ • >7mm or • Gear actua‐
latched <-7mm tor 1-3 nomi‐
• Timeout in nal state is
gear ac‐ Engage
tuator
state En‐ • Gear actua‐
gage tor 1-3 nomi‐
nal state is
• Timeout in Synchronise
gear ac‐
tuator • Shaft 1 and 2
state Syn‐ in sync posi‐
chronise tion

• difference
between
measured
and syn‐
chronise
shaft
speed 1
• and
• Gear ac‐
tuator 1-3
movement

3. Diagnosis and Testing 237

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P187 Gear se‐ • functional • Timeout in • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
B lector 2 check gear ac‐ tor 2-R nomi‐
Engaging tuator • > 1 [s] nal state is • Con‐
process state after after syncro‐ tinu‐
• > 1 [s] ous
not suc‐ syncroni‐ nization
cessful zation • > 2 [s]
• Gear actua‐
• Timeout in • > 300 rpm tor 2-R nomi‐
gear ac‐ nal state is
tuator • and Unlatched
state Un‐ • >7mm or • Gear actua‐
latched <-7mm tor 2-R nomi‐
• Timeout in nal state is
gear ac‐ Engage
tuator
state En‐ • Gear actua‐
gage tor 2-R nomi‐
nal state is
• Timeout in Synchronise
gear ac‐
tuator • Shaft 1 and 2
state Syn‐ in sync posi‐
chronise tion

• difference
between
measured
and syn‐
chronise
shaft
speed 1
• and
• Gear ac‐
tuator 2-R
movement

238 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P187 Gear se‐ • functional • Timeout in • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
C lector 3 check gear ac‐ tor 5-7 nomi‐
Engaging tuator • > 1 [s] nal state is • Con‐
process state after after syncro‐ tinu‐
• > 1 [s] ous
not suc‐ syncroni‐ nization
cessful zation • > 2 [s]
• Gear actua‐
• Timeout in • > 300 rpm tor 5-7 nomi‐
gear ac‐ nal state is
tuator • and Unlatched
state Un‐ • >7mm or • Gear actua‐
latched <-7mm tor 5-7 nomi‐
• Timeout in nal state is
gear ac‐ Engage
tuator
state En‐ • Gear actua‐
gage tor 5-7 nomi‐
nal state is
• Timeout in Synchronise
gear ac‐
tuator • Shaft 1 and 2
state Syn‐ in sync posi‐
chronise tion

• difference
between
measured
and syn‐
chronise
shaft
speed 1
• and
• Gear ac‐
tuator 5-7
movement

3. Diagnosis and Testing 239

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P187 Gear se‐ • functional • Timeout in • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
D lector 4 check gear ac‐ tor 4-6 nomi‐
Engaging tuator • > 1 [s] nal state is • Con‐
process state after after syncro‐ tinu‐
• > 1 [s] ous
not suc‐ syncroni‐ nization
cessful zation • > 2 [s]
• Gear actua‐
• Timeout in • > 300 rpm tor 4-6 nomi‐
gear ac‐ nal state is
tuator • and Unlatched
state Un‐ • >7mm or • Gear actua‐
latched <-7mm tor 4-6 nomi‐
• Timeout in nal state is
gear ac‐ Engage
tuator
state En‐ • Gear actua‐
gage tor 4-6 nomi‐
nal state is
• Timeout in Synchronise
gear ac‐
tuator • Shaft 1 and 2
state Syn‐ in sync posi‐
chronise tion

• difference
between
measured
and syn‐
chronise
shaft
speed 1
• and
• Gear ac‐
tuator 4-6
movement

P2159 Vehicle • rationality • difference • >150 rpm • Input shaft • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Speed check between speeds for
Sensor measured • and shafts 1 and • Con‐
"B" Cir‐ and calcu‐ • 2 > 100rpm tinu‐
>150 rpm ous
cuit lated out‐
Range/ put speed
Perform‐ for shaft 1
ance
• and
• difference
between
output
shaft
speed 1
and shaft 2

240 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2162 Vehicle • rationality • difference • >150 rpm • Input shaft • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
Speed check between speeds for
Sensor output shafts 1 and • Con‐
"A"/"B" shaft 2 >100rpm tinu‐
Correla‐ speeds ous
tion and input • and
speeds • Engaged
shafts 1 gear position
and 2 is not Neutral

P2706 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • Difference • > 100mA • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
enoid "F" tinuity between
check set current • Con‐
and meas‐ tinu‐
ured cur‐ ous
rent

P2709 Shift Sol‐ • circuit con‐ • internal • failure • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

enoid "F" tinuity voltage
Electrical check • Con‐
tinu‐
ous

P2766 Input/Tur‐ • signal • Input shaft • > 12000 • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

bine range speed for rpm
Shaft check shaft 2 • Con‐
Speed tinu‐
Sensor ous
"B" Cir‐
cuit
Range/
Perform‐
ance
P2768 Input/Tur‐ • rationality • no signal • > 1 [s] • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
bine check
Shaft • Con‐
Speed tinu‐
Sensor ous
"B" Cir‐
cuit Inter‐
mittent
P2831 Shift Fork • signal • no signal • > 1 [s] • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"A" Posi‐ range
tion Cir‐ check • Con‐
cuit tinu‐
ous

P2832 Shift Fork • signal • time of os‐ • < 0.9 [ms] • Sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"A" Posi‐ range cillation ply voltage
tion Cir‐ check • > 1.1 [ms between • Con‐
cuit • Duty-Cy‐ 4.5-5.5V tinu‐
Range/ cle Posi‐ • >92.5 % ous
Perform‐ tionsensor • <7.5 %
ance
P2836 Shift Fork • signal • no signal • > 1 [s] • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"B" Posi‐ range
tion Cir‐ check • Con‐
cuit tinu‐
ous

3. Diagnosis and Testing 241

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2837 Shift Fork • signal • time of os‐ • < 0.9 [ms] • Sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"B" Posi‐ range cillation ply voltage
tion Cir‐ check • > 1.1 [ms between • Con‐
cuit • Duty-Cy‐ 4.5-5.5V tinu‐
Range/ cle Posi‐ • >92.5 % ous
Perform‐ tion sensor • <7.5 %
ance
P283 Shift Fork • signal • no signal • > 1 [s] • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
B "C" Posi‐ range
tion Cir‐ check • Con‐
cuit tinu‐
ous

P283 Shift Fork • signal • time of os‐ • < 0.9 [ms] • Sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
C "C" Posi‐ range cillation ply voltage
tion Cir‐ check • > 1.1 [ms between • Con‐
cuit • Duty-Cy‐ 4.5-5.5V tinu‐
Range/ cle Posi‐ • >92.5 % ous
Perform‐ tion sensor • <7.5 %
ance
P2840 Shift Fork • signal • no signal • > 1 [s] • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"D" Posi‐ range
tion Cir‐ check • Con‐
cuit tinu‐
ous

P2841 Shift Fork • signal • time of os‐ • < 0.9 [ms] • Sensor sup‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"D" Posi‐ range cillation ply voltage
tion Cir‐ check • > 1.1 [ms between • Con‐
cuit • Duty-Cy‐ 4.5-5.5V tinu‐
Range/ cle Posi‐ • >92.5 % ous
Perform‐ tion sensor • <7.5 %
ance
P2845 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 3 mm • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"A" Posi‐ check tuator 1-3 tor 1-3 nomi‐
tion Sen‐ leaves the nal state is • Con‐
sor Incor‐ neutral-po‐ Neutral tinu‐
rect Neu‐ sition ous
tral Posi‐
tion Indi‐
cated
P2846 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 3 mm • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"B" Posi‐ check tuator 2-R tor 2-R nomi‐
tion Sen‐ leaves the nal state is • Con‐
sor Incor‐ neutral-po‐ Neutral tinu‐
rect Neu‐ sition ous
tral Posi‐
tion Indi‐
cated
P2847 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 3 mm • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"C" Posi‐ check tuator 5-7 tor 5-7 nomi‐
tion Sen‐ leaves the nal state is • Con‐
sor Incor‐ neutral-po‐ Neutral tinu‐
rect Neu‐ sition ous
tral Posi‐
tion Indi‐
cated

242 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2848 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 3 mm • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"D" Posi‐ check tuator 4-6 tor 4-6 nomi‐
tion Sen‐ leaves the nal state is • Con‐
sor Incor‐ neutral-po‐ Neutral tinu‐
rect Neu‐ sition ous
tral Posi‐
tion Indi‐
cated
P2849 Shift Fork • functional • Timeout in • > 2 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"A" Stuck check gear ac‐ tor 1-3 nomi‐
tuator nal state is • Con‐
state Dis‐ Disengage tinu‐
engage ous

P284 Shift Fork • functional • Timeout in • > 2 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
A "B" Stuck check gear ac‐ tor 2-R nomi‐
tuator nal state is • Con‐
state Dis‐ Disengage tinu‐
engage ous

P284 Shift Fork • functional • Timeout in • > 2 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
B "C" Stuck check gear ac‐ tor 5-7 nomi‐
tuator nal state is • Con‐
state Dis‐ Disengage tinu‐
engage ous

P284 Shift Fork • functional • Timeout in • > 2 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
C "D" Stuck check gear ac‐ tor 4-6 nomi‐
tuator nal state is • Con‐
state Dis‐ Disengage tinu‐
engage ous

P284 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
D "A" Unre‐ check tuator 1-3 tor 1-3 nomi‐
quested leaves the • > 3 [mm] nal state is • Con‐
Move‐ engage- Engaged tinu‐
ment position ous

• Loaded
gear
leaves the
engagepo‐
sition

P284 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
E "B" Unre‐ check tuator 2-R tor 2-R nomi‐
quested leaves the • > 3 [mm] nal state is • Con‐
Move‐ engage- Engaged tinu‐
ment position ous

• Loaded
gear
leaves the
engagepo‐
sition

3. Diagnosis and Testing 243

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P284 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
F "C" Unre‐ check tuator 5-7 tor 5-7 nomi‐
quested leaves the • > 3 [mm] nal state is • Con‐
Move‐ engage- Engaged tinu‐
ment position ous

• Loaded
gear
leaves the
engagepo‐
sition

P2850 Shift Fork • functional • Gear ac‐ • > 1 [s] • Gear actua‐ • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
"D" Unre‐ check tuator 4-6 tor 4-6 nomi‐
quested leaves the • > 3 [mm] nal state is • Con‐
Move‐ engage- Engaged tinu‐
ment position ous

• Loaded
gear
leaves the
engagepo‐
sition

U000 High • communi‐ • detects • Off • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY

1 Speed cation CAN Bus
CAN check off • Con‐
Commu‐ tinu‐
nication ous
Bus
U000 High • communi‐ • no mes‐ • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
2 Speed cation sages re‐
CAN check ceived • Con‐
Commu‐ from other tinu‐
nication control ous
Bus Per‐ units
formance
U010 Lost • communi‐ • Engine • no signal • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
0 Commu‐ cation Control
nication check Module • Con‐
With tinu‐
ECM/ ous
PCM "A"
U012 Lost • communi‐ • Anti-Lock • no signal • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
1 Commu‐ cation Brake Sys‐
nication check tem • Con‐
With Anti- tinu‐
Lock ous
Brake
System
(ABS)
Control
Module
U040 Invalid • communi‐ • invalid da‐ • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
1 Data Re‐ cation ta received
ceived check from En‐ • Con‐
From gine Con‐ tinu‐
ECM/ trol Module ous
PCM "A"

244 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DL-382-7
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
U041 Invalid • communi‐ • invalid da‐ • Ignition on • 2.0 s • 2 DCY
5 Data Re‐ cation ta received
ceived check from Anti- • Con‐
From An‐ Lock tinu‐
ti-Lock Brake Sys‐ ous
Brake tem
System
(ABS)
Control
Module

3.5.2 Transmission Control Module AL-552-8Q 0D5 (2017 MY)

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0603 Internal • The diag‐ • Number of • <2 • An EEPROM • < 1.0 s • Imme‐
Control nostic is sector read or write diate
Module monitoring groups • Or operation
Keep EEPROM with valid • = True has occurred
Alive check sums checksum = true
Memory and hard‐
(KAM) Er‐ ware fail‐ • Or
ror ures of the • Read or
Flash Con‐ write oper‐
trol Unit ation not
possible
(Flash
Control
Unit defec‐
tive)

P0605 Internal • A check‐ • Calculated • = True • TCM is in • < 30.0 • 2 DCY

Control sum is cal‐ checksum power-on s
Module culated for unequal to state = true
Read On‐ each mem‐ reference
ly Memo‐ ory block checksum
ry (ROM) and com‐
Error pared with a
stored ref‐
erence
checksum

P060 Internal • Output • Inhibit path • Con‐ • 2 DCY

A Control Safety Sys‐ test of tinu‐
Module tem Func‐ safety rele‐ ous
Monitor‐ tional check vant power
ing Pro‐ supplies
cessor during initi‐
Perform‐ alization
ance failed

• Monitoring
of the DN
reset line
failed

3. Diagnosis and Testing 245

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Peripheral • Hardware • Peripheral
Clock Plau‐ doesn't re‐ clock active
sibility port any on
Check error al‐
though the • And
peripheral • Delay time
clock is passed
switched
off
• Or
• Peripheral
is switched
on
• And
• There are
hardware
error re‐
ports for at
least two
cycles

• Program • Failure in
Flow Con‐ program
trol Plausi‐ flow con‐
bility Check trol

• Program • SW - or
Flow Con‐ configura‐
trol Soft‐ tion fault in
ware Check WDOG
SW-Modul

• Watchdog • An ASIC
Monitoring status fail‐
Plausibility ure has
Check been de‐
tected

• A moni‐
tored mod‐
ule status
failure has
been de‐
tected

P060 Internal • Core Moni‐ • Measured • Inconsis‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY

B Control toring (Mi‐ ADC sig‐ tent to con‐ tinu‐
Module crocontrol‐ nals figured ous
A/D Pro‐ ler) ADC voltage
cessing Monitoring limits or
Perform‐ other hard‐
ance ware sig‐
nals

• Core Moni‐ • SPI • Communi‐

toring (Mi‐ cation er‐
crocontrol‐ ror
ler) SPI
Monitoring

246 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Core Moni‐ • ECC test • Failed
toring (Mi‐
crocontrol‐
ler) RAM
ECC moni‐
toring, RAM
ECC Inter‐
rupt Moni‐
toring, ROM
ECC Moni‐
toring

• Core Moni‐ • Content of • Inconsis‐

toring (Mi‐ registers tent to the
crocontrol‐ requested
ler) CPU values
Configura‐
tion Regis‐
ter Monitor‐
ing

P0613 TCM Pro‐ • Core Moni‐ • Two sig‐ • Unequal • Con‐ • 2 DCY
cessor toring (Mi‐ nals repre‐ tinu‐
crocontrol‐ senting the ous
ler) Plausi‐ same val‐
bility Check ue but cal‐
culated in
two differ‐
ent ways
are

• Pressure • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐

Regulator register) ply activated
Short To • 0%
Battery • Feedback • Power sup‐
(PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• Pressure • ASIC (SPI • Faulty
Regulator register) • And < 19.2 V
Open Pin

• Pressure • ASIC (SPI • Faulty

Regulator register)
Short To • 100%
Ground • Feedback
(PWM)
• Pressure
Regulator
Short To
Ground Or
Open Pin

• Pressure • ASIC (SPI • Faulty

Regulator register)
Static By‐
pass To
Ground

3. Diagnosis and Testing 247

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Pressure
Regulator
Dynamic
Bypass To
Ground

• Pressure • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐

Regulator lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Current Too feedback
Low PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
mA incom‐ • And < 19.2 V
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
• Pressure shifting: • >= 50.0 +
Regulator 170.0 mA
Current Too • Measured
High current • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
its, de‐
pending on
mA incom‐
ing current
gradient

• Pressure • Check • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Regulator byte of riod + 20 ply activated
SPI Com‐ message μs
munication wrong • Power sup‐
Monitoring • < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 μs >= 6.5 V
• Pressure of sent
Regulator message • And < 19.2 V
PWM Fre‐ failed
quency
• PWM
feedback
period

• CAN Bus 1 • Signal • No failure de‐

Feedback read back tected on
Signal Mon‐ from the CAN Bus
itoring (Pos‐ CAN Bus
itive Torque is unequal
Request) to the send
Signal out signal
Check

248 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0667 Control • Tempera‐ • Number of • >1 • < • 2 DCY
Module ture Signal defective 300.0
Internal With Only tempera‐ s
Tempera‐ One Defec‐ ture sen‐
ture Sen‐ tive Sensor, sor signals
sor "A" The Trans‐
Range/ mission
Perform‐ Uses One
ance Of The Re‐
maining
Sensor Sig‐
nals As
Substitute
Value And
Is Therefore
Fully Func‐
tional (No
MIL Illumi‐
nation And
Fault Code
Storage).
The Moni‐
toring Of
The 3 Sen‐
sors Is De‐
scribed Be‐
low. If At
Least One
Of The De‐
scribed
Monitoring
Strategies
For Each
Sensor De‐
tects A Mal‐
function,
The Re‐
spective
Sensor Is
Considered
Defective. If
More Than
One Tem‐
perature
Sensor Is
Defect A
Fault Is
Stored And
The MIL Is
Illuminated.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 249

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Transmis‐ • Voltage at • > 4.7 V • < 1.0 s
sion Oil sensor
Tempera‐ plus pin (U • < 0.508 V
ture Sensor pin hi) • > 0.423 V
Circuit Con‐
tinuity • Voltage at • < 0.005 V
sensor
plus pin (U • > 4.512 V
pin hi)
• < 0.135 V
• Voltage at
sensor mi‐ • > 15.5
nus pin (U • < 10.0
pin lo)
• Voltage at
sensor mi‐
nus pin (U
pin lo)
• Difference
voltage at
sensor
pins (U
sensor)
• Difference
voltage at
sensor
pins (U
sensor)
• Resistor
ratio (U
supply - U
sensor) / U
pin lo
• Resistor
ratio (U
supply - U
sensor) / U
pin lo

• Transmis‐ • Transmis‐ • > 20° C • No failure de‐ • < 1.0 s

sion Oil sion oil tected in oth‐
Tempera‐ tempera‐ er oil temper‐
ture Sensor ture delta ature sensor
Rationality between 2 monitors
Check measure‐
ments >
20° C

• In thermo‐ • > 15° C • No failure de‐ • 300.0

dynamic tected in oth‐ s
stable con‐ er oil temper‐
ditions: ature sensor
monitors
• Absolute
differen‐ • No failure de‐
ces be‐ tected in In‐
tween: put speed
signal and
engine
speed signal

250 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Oil temper‐ • > 30° C • Engine
ature value speed or in‐
and chip 1 put speed >
tempera‐ 400 RPM
ture value
and oil • And >= 300.0
tempera‐ s
ture value
and chip 2
tempera‐
ture value

• Chip 1 Tem‐ • Out of • < - 45.9° C • < 1.0 s

perature range low
Sensor Sig‐ • > 167.8° C
nal Range • Out of
Check range high

• Chip 1 Tem‐ • Plausibility

perature to internal
Sensor compara‐
ASIC Moni‐ tor outputs
toring violated

3. Diagnosis and Testing 251

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Chip 1 Tem‐ • Absolute • > 10° C • No failure de‐ • 300.0
perature differen‐ tected in oth‐ s
Sensor Ra‐ ces be‐ • > 15° C er chip tem‐
tionality tween • > 30° C perature
Check Chip 1 and sensor moni‐
Chip 2 tors
tempera‐
ture value • No failure de‐
tected in in‐
• And put speed
signal and
• In thermo‐ engine
dynamic speed signal
stable con‐
ditions: • Engine
speed or in‐
• Absolute put speed >
differen‐ 400 RPM
ces be‐
tween: • And >= 300.0
s
• Oil temper‐
ature value
and chip 1
tempera‐
ture value
• In thermo‐
dynamic
instable
conditions:
• Absolute
differen‐
ces be‐
tween:
• Oil temper‐
ature value
and chip 1
tempera‐
ture value

• Chip 2 Tem‐ • Out of • < - 45.9° C • < 1.0 s

perature range low
Sensor Sig‐ • > 192° C
nal Range • Out of
Check range high

• Chip 2 Tem‐ • Time out

perature during initi‐
Sensor alization
ASIC Moni‐
toring

252 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Chip 2 Tem‐ • Absolute • > 10° C • No failure de‐ • 300.0
perature differen‐ tected in oth‐ s
Sensor Ra‐ ces be‐ • > 15° C er chip tem‐
tionality tween • > 30° C perature
Check Chip 1 and sensor moni‐
Chip 2 tors
tempera‐
ture value • No failure de‐
tected in in‐
• And put speed
signal and
• In thermo‐ engine
dynamic speed signal
stable con‐
ditions: • Engine
speed or in‐
• Absolute put speed >
differen‐ 400 RPM
ces be‐
tween: • And >= 300.0
s
• Oil temper‐
ature value
and chip 2
tempera‐
ture value
• In thermo‐
dynamic
instable
conditions:
• Absolute
differen‐
ces be‐
tween:
• Oil temper‐
ature value
and chip 2
tempera‐
ture value

P0715 Input/Tur‐ • Input Speed • ASIC • Open cir‐ • No failure de‐ • 200.0 • 2 DCY
bine Sensor CG124 in‐ cuit or tected in sen‐ ms
Shaft ASIC HW dicates short cir‐ sor voltage
Speed Monitoring cuit to supply
Sensor ground
"A" Cir‐
cuit
P0716 Input/Tur‐ • Speed Sig‐ • More than • Input • No failure de‐ • 300.0 • 2 DCY
bine nals Ration‐ one of the speed, tected in sen‐ ms
Shaft ality Check following output sor voltage
Speed speed sig‐ speed supply
Sensor nals is de‐
"A" Cir‐ fect • Or wheel • Engine
cuit speed speed > 430
Range/ RPM
Perform‐ • No failure de‐
ance tected in en‐
gine speed
CAN mes‐
sage

3. Diagnosis and Testing 253

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Input • Input • No failure de‐
speed sen‐ speed and tected in sen‐
sor and engine sor voltage
engine speed supply
speed sig‐ CAN mes‐
nal are sage
faulty

• Absolute • > 350 RPM • No failure de‐

difference tected in sen‐
between sor voltage
output supply
speed and
output • Transmis‐
speed cal‐ sion status
culated no power
from wheel flow or during
speed shifting
• Engine
speed > 430
RPM
• No failure de‐
tected in en‐
gine speed
CAN mes‐
sage

• Input Speed • Implausi‐ • > 500 RPM • No failure de‐ • 500.0

Sensor Ra‐ ble nega‐ tected in sen‐ ms
tionality tive gradi‐ sor voltage
Check ent in fixed supply
gear

• Difference • > 250 RPM • No failure de‐

to output tected in sen‐
speed cal‐ • > 250 RPM sor voltage
culated supply,
from wheel wheel speed
speed signal, out‐
put speed
• And differ‐ signal
ence to
output • And electri‐
speed cal output
speed sen‐
sor monitor‐
ing

P0720 Output • Output • ASIC • Open cir‐ • No failure de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Shaft Speed Sen‐ CG124 in‐ cuit or tected in sen‐ tinu‐
Speed sor ASIC dicates short to sor voltage ous
Sensor HW Moni‐ ground supply
Circuit toring

254 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0721 Output • Output • Difference • > 350 RPM • No failure de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Shaft Speed Sen‐ to output tected in sen‐ tinu‐
Speed sor Ration‐ speed cal‐ • > 250 RPM sor voltage ous
Sensor ality Check culated supply,
Circuit from wheel wheel speed
Range/ speed signal, input
Perform‐ speed signal
ance • And differ‐
ence to • And
output
speed cal‐ • No failure de‐
culated tected in
from input electrical
speed output speed
sensor moni‐
toring

P0727 Engine • CAN Mes‐ • Failure val‐ • And no fail‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Speed In‐ sage With ue re‐ ure detected tinu‐
put Cir‐ Engine ceived on CAN Bus ous
cuit No Speed Sig‐
Signal nal Check • And battery
voltage > 9.0
V

P0730 Incorrect • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY

Gear Ra‐ Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
tio gaged Or tion: 30.0
During ms
Gear En‐
gagement • Con‐
Affected tinu‐
Clutches: A ous
or B

3. Diagnosis and Testing 255

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed • The actual
Gear En‐ ratio has to
gaged Or stay in de‐
During fined
Gear En‐ bounds. If
gagement one of the
Affected following
Clutches: A malfunc‐
or D tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

256 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 257

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed • Actual ra‐ • > • Fixed gear
Gear En‐ tio CC_Ratio_THUP_x
engaged
gaged Or
During • Or actual • < • And output
Gear En‐ ratio CC_Ratio_THLO_x
speed >= 50
gagement RPM
Affected
Clutches: B
or D

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: C
or D

• With Fixed • Output • > 320 RPM • Fixed gear

Gear En‐ speed engaged
gaged Or times gear
During ratio - input • And output
Gear En‐ speed speed < 50
gagement RPM
Affected
Clutches: A
or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or C

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or C

258 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed • Actual ra‐ • > Ratio at start
• Gear
of gear
en‐
Gear En‐ tio engagement + gagement in
gaged Or CD_Ratio_OFTHUP_xprogress
During • Or actual
Gear En‐ ratio • < Gear X ratio
• -And output
gagement CC_Ratio_THLO_xspeed
- >= 50
Affected CD_Ratio_OFTHLO_x
RPM
Clutches: C • And ratio at
or E start of gear
engagement
• With Fixed > gear X ratio
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: D
or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or C

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or E

• With Fixed • < Ratio at start

• Gear
of gear
en‐
Gear En‐ engagement + gagement in
gaged Or CD_Ratio_OFTHLO_xprogress
During
Gear En‐ • > Gear X ratio
• +And output
gagement CC_Ratio_THUP_xspeed
+ >= 50
Affected CD_Ratio_OFTHUP_x
RPM
Clutches: B • And ratio at
or C or E start of gear
engagement
• With Fixed <= gear X ra‐
Gear En‐ tio
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or D or E

3. Diagnosis and Testing 259

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or C or D

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: C
or D or E

• With Fixed • Last input • < 40 RPM • Gear en‐

Gear En‐ speed val‐ gagement in
gaged Or ue - actual • > -40 RPM progress
During input
Gear En‐ speed • And time af‐
gagement ter start of
Affected • Or last in‐ gear en‐
Clutches: A put speed gagement <
or C or D value - ac‐ 1.5 s
tual input
speed • And output
• With Fixed speed < 50
Gear En‐ • (Time be‐ RPM
gaged Or tween
During measure‐
Gear En‐ ments:
gagement 30.0 ms)
Affected
Clutches: A
or D or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or D

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or C

260 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or C or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or D or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: B
or C or D

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: C
or D or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or C or D

3. Diagnosis and Testing 261

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or D or E

• With Fixed
Gear En‐
gaged Or
During
Gear En‐
gagement
Affected
Clutches: A
or B or D

P0741 Torque • Torque • Absolute • > CC Con‐ • Torque con‐ • 20,000.0• 2 DCY
Convert‐ Converter difference vClutch verter clutch ms
er Clutch Clutch Ra‐ of actual MAX OFF closed or
Circuit tionality slip and XD RPM closed loop • Continu‐
Perform‐ Check target slip control ous
ance/
Stuck Off • Engine tor‐
que < 1,000
Nm
• TCC-pres‐
sure > 3 bar

P0746 Pressure • Out 0 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"A" Per‐ • Out 0 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
for‐ To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
mance/ Or Open >= 6.5 V
Stuck Off Pin • And < 19.2 V

P0747 Pressure • Out 0 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"A" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P0748 Pressure • Out 0 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"A" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 0 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

262 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 0 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐
rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
incoming • And < 19.2 V
• Measured current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 0 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 0 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
PWM Fre‐ • < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
quency • Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P0749 Pressure • Out 0 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"A" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P0750 Shift Sol‐ • Out 7 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
enoid "A" Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Ground ous
• Power sup‐
• Out 7 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

3. Diagnosis and Testing 263

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 7 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐
rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
incoming • And < 19.2 V
• Measured current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 7 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 7 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P0751 Shift Sol‐ • Out 7 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
enoid "A" To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Perform‐ • 100% ous
ance/ • Out 7 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
Stuck Off To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
Or Open >= 6.5 V
Pin • And < 19.2 V

P0752 Shift Sol‐ • Out 7 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
enoid "A" To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Stuck On • 0% ous
• Feedback • Power sup‐
(PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

264 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0754 Shift Sol‐ • Out 7 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
enoid "A" Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Intermit‐ ous
tent • Power sup‐
ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P0776 Pressure • Out 2 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"B" Per‐ • Out 2 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
for‐ To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
mance/ Or Open >= 6.5 V
Stuck Off Pin • And < 19.2 V

P0777 Pressure • Out 2 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"B" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P0778 Pressure • Out 2 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"B" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 2 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

• Out 2 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐

rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
incoming • And < 19.2 V
• Measured current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

3. Diagnosis and Testing 265

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 2 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +
rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 2 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P0779 Pressure • Out 2 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"B" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P077 Output • Output • ASIC • Short cir‐ • No failure de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
C Shaft Speed Sen‐ CG124 in‐ cuit to bat‐ tected in sen‐ tinu‐
Speed sor ASIC dicates tery volt‐ sor voltage ous
Sensor HW Moni‐ age supply
Circuit toring
Low
P0780 Shift Er‐ • During • General • 3 • 2 DCY
ror Gear descrip‐ times
Change tion: 30.0
(Shifting) ms
From Gear:
1 • Con‐
tinu‐
• During ous
Gear
Change
(Shifting)
From Gear:
2

266 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• During • While shift‐
Gear ing from
Change gear X to
(Shifting) gear Y the
From Gear: ratio also
3 has to stay
in defined
• During bounds.
Gear While shift‐
Change ing it is not
(Shifting) possible to
From Gear: relate the
4 reason of
the mal‐
function to
specific
clutches. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion crite‐
rias is de‐
tected, a
fault code
is stored,
that corre‐
sponds to
the starting
gear of the
shifting.

• During • Actual ra‐ • > Gear X ratio

• +Shifting from
Gear tio CC_Ratio_THUP_x gear +X to
Change CC_Ratio_OFTHUP_xy
gear Y in pro‐
(Shifting) • Or actual gress X < Y
From Gear: ratio • < Gear Y ratio -(Upshift)
5 CC_Ratio_THLO_y -
CC_Ratio_OFTHLO_xy
• AND output
• During speed >= 50
Gear RPM
Change
(Shifting)
From Gear:
6

• During • < Gear X ratio

• -Shifting from
Gear CC_Ratio_THLO_x gear-X to
Change CC_Ratio_OFTHLO_xy
gear Y in pro‐
(Shifting) gress X > Y
From Gear: • > Gear Y ratio +(Downshift)
7 CC_Ratio_THUP_y +
CC_Ratio_OFTHUP_xy
• AND output
• During speed >= 50
Gear RPM
Change
(Shifting)
From Gear:
8

P0796 Pressure • Out 4 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"C" Per‐

3. Diagnosis and Testing 267

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
for‐ • Out 4 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
mance/ To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
Stuck Off Or Open >= 6.5 V
Pin • And < 19.2 V

P0797 Pressure • Out 4 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"C" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P0798 Pressure • Out 4 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"C" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 4 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

• Out 4 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐

rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
incoming • And < 19.2 V
• Measured current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 4 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

268 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 4 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐
Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P0799 Pressure • Out 4 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"C" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P07B Input/Tur‐ • Input Speed • ASIC • Short cir‐ • No failure de‐ • 100.0 • 2 DCY
F bine Sensor CG124 in‐ cuit to bat‐ tected in sen‐ ms
Shaft ASIC HW dicates tery volt‐ sor voltage
Speed Monitoring age supply
Sensor
"A" Cir‐
cuit Low
P2637 Torque • CAN Mes‐ • Failure val‐ • No failure de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Manage‐ sage With ue re‐ tected on tinu‐
ment Engine Tor‐ ceived CAN Bus ous
Feed‐ que Signal
back Sig‐ Check • And battery
nal "A" voltage > 9.0
V

3. Diagnosis and Testing 269

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2700 Trans‐ • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY
mission Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
Friction gaged Or tion: 30.0
Element During ms
"A" Apply Gear En‐ • The actual
Time gagement ratio has to • Con‐
Range/ Affected stay in de‐ tinu‐
Perform‐ Clutches: A fined ous
ance bounds. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

270 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 271

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2701 Trans‐ • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY
mission Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
Friction gaged Or tion: 30.0
Element During ms
"B" Apply Gear En‐ • The actual
Time gagement ratio has to • Con‐
Range/ Affected stay in de‐ tinu‐
Perform‐ Clutches: B fined ous
ance bounds. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

272 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 273

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2702 Trans‐ • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY
mission Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
Friction gaged Or tion: 30.0
Element During ms
"C" Apply Gear En‐ • The actual
Time gagement ratio has to • Con‐
Range/ Affected stay in de‐ tinu‐
Perform‐ Clutches: C fined ous
ance bounds. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

274 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 275

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2703 Trans‐ • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY
mission Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
Friction gaged Or tion: 30.0
Element During ms
"D" Apply Gear En‐ • The actual
Time gagement ratio has to • Con‐
Range/ Affected stay in de‐ tinu‐
Perform‐ Clutches: D fined ous
ance bounds. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

276 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 277

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2704 Trans‐ • With Fixed • General • 3 • 2 DCY
mission Gear En‐ descrip‐ times
Friction gaged Or tion: 30.0
Element During ms
"E" Apply Gear En‐ • The actual
Time gagement ratio has to • Con‐
Range/ Affected stay in de‐ tinu‐
Perform‐ Clutches: E fined ous
ance bounds. If
one of the
following
malfunc‐
tion criteria
is detec‐
ted, the
fault code
for the 3
corre‐
sponding
clutches in
that gear is
set and a
gear shift
to a substi‐
tute gear is
initiated.
Depending
on the be‐
havior in
the substi‐
tute gear,
an addi‐
tional fault
code for
only one or
two clutch‐
es may be
set to bet‐
ter distin‐
guish the
root cause
of the
problem.
Shifting to
further
substitute
gears is
possible
with the
goal to
identify a
single de‐
fective
clutch.
• Example:

278 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Malfunc‐
tion criteria
detection
in 4th gear
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D or
E" set and
shifting to
5th gear
(substitute
gear). IF
malfunc‐
tion criteria
in 5th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutches
"B or D"
set and
shifting to
6th gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "E"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
6th gear
still active
--> DTC for
clutch "D"
set and
shifting to
3rd gear
(substitute
gear),
ELSE -->
DTC for
clutch "B"
set IF mal‐
function
criteria in
3rd gear
still active
--> DTC for
"undefined
clutches"
is set be‐
cause root
cause can‐
not be re‐
lated to a
single
clutch.

P2714 Pressure • Out 1 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control to ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"D" Per‐ • Feedback
for‐ (PWM)

3. Diagnosis and Testing 279

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
mance/ • Out 1 Short • Power sup‐
Stuck Off to ground or ply voltage
open pin >= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2715 Pressure • Out 1 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control to battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"D" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2716 Pressure • Out 1 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"D" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 1 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

• Out 1 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐

rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
incoming • And < 19.2 V
• Measured current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 1 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

280 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 1 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐
Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P2717 Pressure • Out 1 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"D" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2723 Pressure • Out 3 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"E" Per‐ • Out 3 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
for‐ To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
mance/ Or Open >= 6.5 V
Stuck Off Pin • And < 19.2 V

P2724 Pressure • Out 3 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"E" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2725 Pressure • Out 3 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"E" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 3 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

3. Diagnosis and Testing 281

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 3 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐
rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
mA incom‐ • And < 19.2 V
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 3 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 3 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P2726 Pressure • Out 3 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"E" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2732 Pressure • Out 5 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"F" Per‐ • Out 5 Short • Feedback • Power sup‐
for‐ To Ground (PWM) ply voltage
mance/ Or Open >= 6.5 V
Stuck Off Pin • And < 19.2 V

282 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2733 Pressure • Out 5 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"F" Stuck • Feedback • Power sup‐
On (PWM) ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2734 Pressure • Out 5 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"F" Elec‐ • Power sup‐
trical • Out 5 Dy‐ ply voltage
namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
pass To • And < 19.2 V
Ground

• Out 5 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐

rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
mA incom‐ • And < 19.2 V
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 5 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +

rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 5 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

3. Diagnosis and Testing 283

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2735 Pressure • Out 5 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"F" Inter‐ • Power sup‐
mittent ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2753 Trans‐ • Solenoid • PWM out‐ • <= 2.4 V • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
mission Regulator put duty ply activated tinu‐
Fluid Open Pin cycle • > 2.4 V ous
Cooler range 5 – • • Power sup‐
< 4.0 V ply voltage
Control 95%
Circuit/ • <= 4.0 V >= 6.5 V
Open • Measured
voltage in • <= [] 23.5;
duty phase 18.69; 23.5;
18.69; 18.69
• And in no V
duty phase
• PWM out‐
put duty
cycle
range 0 – 5
%
• Measured
voltage in
no duty
phase

• Solenoid • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐

Regulator register) ply activated
Short To
Ground Or • PWM output
Open Pin duty cycle
range 100%
• Power sup‐
ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• <= [] 23.5;
18.69; 23.5;
18.69; 18.69
V

P2754 Trans‐ • Solenoid • Feedback • <= 2.4 V • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
mission Regulator (PWM) ply activated tinu‐
Fluid Short To ous
Cooler Ground • Measured • PWM output
Control voltage in duty cycle
Circuit no duty range 0 –
Low phase 95%
• Power sup‐
ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• <= [] 23.5;
18.69; 23.5;
18.69; 18.69
V

284 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2755 Trans‐ • Solenoid • Measured • >= 3.5 V • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
mission Regulator voltage ply activated tinu‐
Fluid Short To from feed‐ ous
Cooler Battery back • PWM output
Control (PWM) in duty cycle
Circuit duty phase range 5 –
High 100%
• Power sup‐
ply voltage
>= 6.5 V
• And <= 23.5;
18.69; 23.5;
18.69; 18.69
V

P2808 Pressure • Out 6 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Or Open • 100% ous
"G" Per‐ Pin • Feedback • Power sup‐
for‐ (PWM) ply voltage
mance/ >= 6.5 V
Stuck Off • And < 19,2 V

P2812 Pressure • Out 6 Open • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Circuit register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid ous
"G" Con‐ • Power sup‐
trol Cir‐ ply voltage
cuit/Open >= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2813 Pressure • Out 6 Static • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control Bypass To register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid Ground ous
"G" Con‐ • Power sup‐
trol Cir‐ • Out 6 Dy‐ ply voltage
cuit namic By‐ >= 6.5 V
Range/ pass To • And < 19.2 V
Perform‐ Ground
ance
• Out 6 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • <= 850.0 – • Power sup‐
rent Too lation) 120.0 mA ply activated
Low feedback
PWM • <= Calcu‐ • Power sup‐
lated lim‐ ply voltage
• No shift‐ its, de‐ >= 8.4 V
ing: pending on
mA incom‐ • And < 19.2 V
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

3. Diagnosis and Testing 285

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• Out 6 Cur‐ • SW (calcu‐ • >= 50.0 +
rent Too lation) 170.0 mA
High feedback
PWM • >= Calcu‐
lated lim‐
• No shift‐ its, de‐
ing: pending on
mA incom‐
• Measured ing current
current gradient
• During
shifting:
• Measured
current

• Out 6 SPI • Checkbyte • > Sync-pe‐ • Power sup‐

Communi‐ of mes‐ riod + 20 ply activated
cation Mon‐ sage µs
itoring wrong • Power sup‐
• < Sync-pe‐ ply voltage
• Read back riod - 20 µs >= 6.5 V
of sent
message • And < 19.2 V
failed
• PWM
feedback
period

P2814 Pressure • Out 6 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Ground register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 100% ous
"G" Con‐ • Feedback • Power sup‐
trol Cir‐ (PWM) ply voltage
cuit Low >= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

P2815 Pressure • Out 6 Short • ASIC (SPI • Faulty • Power sup‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
Control To Battery register) ply activated tinu‐
Solenoid • 0% ous
"G" Con‐ • Feedback • Power sup‐
trol Cir‐ (PWM) ply voltage
cuit High >= 6.5 V
• And < 19.2 V

U000 High • CAN Bus • CAN Bus • Off • Con‐ • 2 DCY

1 Speed Rationality state tinu‐
CAN Check ous
Commu‐
nication
Bus
U000 High • CAN Bus • Time out • Battery volt‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
2 Speed Time Out for all re‐ age > 9.0 V tinu‐
CAN ceived ous
Commu‐ messages • And
nication on A-CAN • Battery volt‐
Bus Per‐ age < 17.0 V
formance

286 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
U010 Lost • CAN Mes‐ • Message • Expired • No fault de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
0 Commu‐ sage From specific tected on tinu‐
nication DME Time time CAN Bus ous
With Out (Only
ECM/ Activated • And
PCM "A" For IDs: 80, • Battery volt‐
81, 105, age > 9.0 V
30E, 640,
641) • And

• CAN Mes‐ • Battery volt‐ • Imme‐

sage With age < 17.0 V diate
OBD Sig‐
nals Time‐
out (Only
Activated
For ID: 391)

U040 Invalid • CAN Mes‐ • Checksum • False • No fault de‐ • Con‐ • 2 DCY
1 Data Re‐ sage From tected on tinu‐
ceived DME Signal • Alive coun‐ • Doesn't CAN Bus ous
From Check (On‐ ter count
ECM/ ly Activated • • And
Data • False
PCM "A" For IDs: 80, length • Battery volt‐
81, 105, code age > 9.0 V
30E, 640,
641) • And
• CAN Mes‐ • Battery volt‐
sage From age < 17.0 V
DME Signal
Activity
Check (On‐
ly Activated
For IDs: 80,
81, 105,
30E, 640,
641)
• CAN Mes‐
sage From
DME Data
Field Check
(Only Acti‐
vated For
IDs: 80, 81,
105, 30E,
640, 641)

3. Diagnosis and Testing 287

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

AL-552-8Q 0D5
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• CAN Mes‐ • Imme‐
sage With diate
OBD Sig‐
nals Signal
Check (On‐
ly Activated
For ID: 391)
• CAN Mes‐
sage With
OBD Sig‐
nals Signal
Activity
Check (On‐ Repair Manual
ly Activated
For ID: 391)
• CAN Mes‐
sage With
OBD Sig‐
nals Data
Field Check
(Only Acti‐
vated For
ID: 391)

3.6 Diagnostic Procedures

♦ ⇒ “3.6.1 Accelerator Pedal Module GX2 , Checking”,
page 289
♦ ⇒ “3.6.2 Cam Adjustment Actuators , Checking”, page 292
♦ ⇒ “3.6.3 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , Checking”,
page 294
♦ ⇒ “3.6.4 Camshaft Position Sensor G40 , Checking”,
page 296
♦ ⇒ “3.6.5 Camshaft Position Sensor 2 G163 , Checking”, page
298
♦ ⇒ “3.6.6 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking”,
page 300
♦ ⇒ “3.6.7 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Powertrain, Check‐
ing”, page 302
♦ ⇒ “3.6.8 Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , Checking”,
page 304
♦ ⇒ “3.6.9 Charge Pressure Actuator V465 / Charge Pressure
Actuator Position Sensor G581 , Checking”, page 306
♦ ⇒ “3.6.10 Cylinder Head Coolant Valve N489 , Checking”,
page 308
♦ ⇒ “3.6.11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62 , Check‐
ing”, page 310
♦ ⇒ “3.6.12 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator
Outlet G83 , Checking”, page 312
♦ ⇒ “3.6.13 Engine Speed Sensor G28 , Checking”, page 314

288 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ ⇒ “3.6.14 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1 N80 ,

Checking”, page 316
♦ ⇒ “3.6.15 Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N318 ,
Checking”, page 318
♦ ⇒ “3.6.16 Fuel Delivery Unit GX1 / Fuel Pump Control Module
J538 , Checking”, page 320
♦ ⇒ “3.6.17 Fuel Injector , Checking”, page 322
♦ ⇒ “3.6.18 Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve N276 , Checking”,
page 324
♦ ⇒ “3.6.19 Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 , Checking”,
page 326
♦ ⇒ “3.6.20 Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control Module J909 ,
Checking”, page 328
♦ ⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor G400 , Checking”, page
330
♦ ⇒ “3.6.22 Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage , Checking”,
page 332
♦ ⇒ “3.6.23 Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve N316 ,
Checking”, page 334
♦ ⇒ “3.6.24 Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 ,
Checking”, page 336
♦ ⇒ “3.6.25 Intake Manifold Sensor GX9 , Checking”,
page 338
♦ ⇒ “3.6.26 Knock Sensor 1 G61 , Checking”, page 340
♦ ⇒ “3.6.27 Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Re‐
lay J271 , Checking”, page 342
♦ ⇒ “3.6.28 Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter GX10 ,
Checking”, page 344
♦ ⇒ “3.6.29 Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter GX7 ,
Checking”, page 347
♦ ⇒ “3.6.30 Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Checking”,
page 350
♦ ⇒ “3.6.31 Throttle Valve Control Module GX3 , Checking”,
page 351
♦ ⇒ “3.6.32 Turbocharger Recirculation Valve N249 , Check‐
ing”, page 353
♦ ⇒ “3.6.33 Vehicle Speed Signal, Checking”, page 355

3.6.1 Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- ,

Checking
General Description
The Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G79- and Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor 2 - G185- are combined in one component
and integrated into the Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- . They
are used to detect the position of the accelerator pedal throughout
the entire adjustment range. The Engine Control Module - J623-
detects the driver’s request from these signals and uses them to
calculate the injection quantity and EPC Throttle valve operation.
The Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- contains the following com‐
ponents:
♦ Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G79-
♦ Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 - G185-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 289

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

The Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- components cannot be

serviced separately, and must be serviced as a unit.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 290 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. – YES:

♦ Condition may be intermittent.
• IGNITION: ON.
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Throttle valve position closed: component.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 3 – 25%. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• DEPRESS: Accelerator pedal slowly to WOT short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
while observing the percentage display. The sion, loose or broken terminals.
percentage display must increase uniformly. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• CHECK: Throttle valve position at WOT: ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 292 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 84 – 99%. – NO:
• IGNITION: OFF. ♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 290 .

– Was Value obtained?

3 • DISCONNECT: Accelerator Pedal Module - – YES:
GX2- harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 291 .
• IGNITION: ON. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 291 .
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐
ness connector terminals 2 to 3 and 1 to 5 for
voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Were Values obtained?

290 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐
ness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 292 .
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 72
for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐ component.
ness connector terminal 6 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 89 ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Were Values obtained?
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 292 .

5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 292 .
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐ – NO:
ness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 16 component.
for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐ short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Con‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 33
for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.

• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 292 .
ness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 34
for resistance.
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Module - GX2- har‐
ness connector terminal 5 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 51
for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 291

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.2 Cam Adjustment Actuators , Checking

Includes:
Cam Adjustment Actuator 1 - F366-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 2 - F367-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 3 - F368-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 4 - F369-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 5 - F370-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 6 - F371-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 7 - F372-
Cam Adjustment Actuator 8 - F373-

General Description
The Cam Adjustment Actuators are electromagnetic solenoid-
type actuators. Two actuators are used per cylinder. One actuator
moves the cam element on the camshaft for large valve lift. The
other actuator resets the cam element for small valve lift. Each
actuator is attached externally to the cylinder head cover by a bolt.
They are sealed with O rings. When the actuator is activated by
the Engine Control Module - J623- , a metal pin engages the dis‐
placement groove in the cam element, thereby moving the other
cam lobe into position.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.

292 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 293 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 293 .
• DISCONNECT: Suspected Cam Adjustment
Actuator(s) harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Cam Adjustment Actuator(s) . Re‐
• CHECK: Suspected Cam Adjustment Actuator fer to appropriate repair manual.
(s) harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for re‐
sistance. Refer to appropriate wiring diagram. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 294 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 7 – 10 Ω (@ approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 294 .
• CHECK: Suspected Cam Adjustment Actuator
(s) harness connector terminal 2 to ground for – NO:
voltage. Refer to appropriate wiring diagram. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 294 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 293

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Cam Adjustment Actuator(s) may fail
under loaded operation; please swap a known
• CHECK: Suspected Cam Adjustment Actuator good Cam Adjustment Actuator(s) prior to con‐
(s) harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine tinuing to the next step.
Control Module - J623- harness connector for
resistance. Refer to appropriate wiring dia‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 294 .
gram.
– NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
– Was Value obtained?
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 294 .

5 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.3 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- ,

Checking
General Description
The camshaft’s task is to operate the valves at the right time and
in the right order to control the charge cycle. Camshaft adjustment
using the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- varies the open‐
ing times of the valves to suit all operating conditions. This en‐
sures ideal charge cycles within a wide range of engine speeds
and loads. Fuel consumption and pollutant emissions are re‐
duced, torque and smoothness increased. In engines with a
double overhead camshaft the size and positioning of the valve
opening overlap can be influenced, enhancing characteristics in
full-load and part-load operation. In continuous camshaft adjust‐
ment, the adjustment is infinitely variable within specific parame‐
ters.
Special tools and workshop equipment required

294 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 295 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 295 .
• DISCONNECT: Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
- N205- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -
• CHECK: Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- N205- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
component connector terminals 1 to 2 for re‐
sistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 296 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 5 to 20 Ω (+/- 3 Ω at ap‐
prox. 20° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 296 .
• CHECK: Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205-
harness connector terminal 1 to ground for – NO:
voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 296 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 295

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205-
may fail under loaded operation; please swap
• CHECK: Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- a known good Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine N205- prior to continuing to the next step.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 105 for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 296 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
– Was Value obtained? component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 296 .

5 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.4 Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- ,

Checking
General Description
Using the signal from the Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- , the
precise position of the camshaft relative to the crankshaft is de‐
termined very quickly when the engine is started. Used in combi‐
nation with the signal from the Engine Speed Sensor - G28- , the
signal from the Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- allows the En‐
gine Control Module - J623- to detect which cylinder is at TDC.
The fuel can be injected into the corresponding cylinder and ig‐
nited.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram

296 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 297 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 297 .
• DISCONNECT: Camshaft Position Sensor -
G40- harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 298 .
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- har‐
ness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- har‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 298 .
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
30 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). component.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 298 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 297

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 298 .
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- har‐ – NO:
ness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 / component.
69 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- har‐ short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
ness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Con‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
44 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 298 .
– Were Values obtained?
5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.5 Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163- ,

Checking
General Description
Using the signal from the Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163- ,
the precise position of the camshaft relative to the crankshaft is
determined very quickly when the engine is started. Used in com‐
bination with the signal from the Engine Speed Sensor - G28- ,
the signal from the Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163- detects
which cylinder is at TDC. The fuel can be injected into the corre‐
sponding cylinder and ignited. In case of signal failure, the signal
from the Engine Speed Sensor - G28- is used instead. Because
the camshaft position and the cylinder position cannot be recog‐
nized as quickly, it may take longer to start the engine.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.

298 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 299 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 299 .
• DISCONNECT: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 -
G163- harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 300 .
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163-
harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 -
G163- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163-
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 300 .
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 28 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). component.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 300 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 299

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 300 .
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163- – NO:
harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Control Module - J623- harness connector component.
T105 / 38 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Camshaft Position Sensor 2 - G163- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine sion, loose or broken terminals.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 29 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 300 .
– Were Values obtained?
5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.6 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Check‐

ing
General Description
The Engine Control Module - J623- communicates with other
CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which
are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange
information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is
recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module - J623-
and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the
Engine Control Module - J623- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram

300 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 301 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ CONDITION: May be intermittent.
• DISCONNECT: Data Bus On Board Diagnos‐
tic Interface - J533- harness connector. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- must re‐
main connected for the following step. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• CHECK: Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Inter‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
face - J533- harness connector terminals T54 /
28 to T54 / 10 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• Specified value: 60 – 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C). ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 302 .
– Was Value obtained? – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 301 .

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Inter‐
face - J533- harness connector terminal T54 / ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 302 .
28 to the Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
ness connector T91 / 13 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Inter‐ component.
face - J533- harness connector terminal T54 /
10 to the Engine Control Module - J623- har‐ ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
ness connector T91 / 14 for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Were Values obtained?
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 302 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 301

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.7 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Power‐

train, Checking
General Description
The Engine Control Module - J623- communicates with all data‐
bus capable control modules via a CAN databus.
These databus capable control modules are connected via two
data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and
CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing in‐
formation on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and
stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. The central terminal resistor is located in the
Engine Control Module - J623- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all Safety Precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .

302 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• View Clean Working Conditions:

⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 303 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • The Engine Control Module - J623- must re‐ – YES:

main connected for the following step. The ♦ CONDITION: May be intermittent.
central terminal resistor is located in the En‐
gine Control Module - J623- . ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• REMOVE: DSG Transmission Mechatronic -
J743- . Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• CHECK: DSG Transmission Mechatronic - sion, loose or broken terminals.
J743- harness connector T23 / 19 to T23 / 18
for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• Specified value: 60 – 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C). ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 304 .
– Was Value obtained? – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 304 .

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: CAN bus circuit between the DSG
Transmission Mechatronic - J743- harness ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 304 .
connector T23 / 19 and the Engine Control
Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 79 for – NO:
resistance. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• CHECK: CAN bus circuit between the DSG
Transmission Mechatronic - J743- harness ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
connector T23 / 18 and the Engine Control short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
Module - J623- harness connector T91 / 80 for sion, loose or broken terminals.
resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 304 .
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 303

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: DSG Transmission Mechatronic -
• Perform a road test to verify repair. J743- harness connector for any damaged,
– Does the original DTC return? pushed-out pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: DSG Transmission Mechatronic -
J743- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.8 Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- ,

Checking
General Description
The Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- is located in the inlet to
the intake manifold. The Engine Control Module - J623- uses the
sensor signal to regulate the turbo boost. There is no substitute
function in the event of signal failure. Charge air pressure regu‐
lation is shut off, leading to a significant reduction in engine
output.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .

304 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• View clean working conditions:

⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 305 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 305 .
• DISCONNECT: Charge Air Pressure Sensor -
G31- harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 305 .
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31-
harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Charge Air Pressure Sensor -
G31- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31-
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 306 .
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T91 / 54 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- component.
harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
T91 / 55 for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Was Value obtained?
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 306 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 306 .
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- – NO:
harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Control Module - J623- harness connector component.
T91 / 35 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine sion, loose or broken terminals.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T91 / 32 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 306 .
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 305

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.9 Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- /

Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sen‐
sor - G581- , Checking
General Description
The Engine Control Module - J623- computes the nominal charge
pressure from the requested torque. If the actual charge pressure
deviates from the nominal charge pressure, the wastegate* is
opened further by the Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- (charge
pressure decreases) or closed further (charge pressure increa‐
ses). The rapid response of the Charge Pressure Actuator - V465-
ensures that the wastegate opens quickly in overrun mode,
thereby reducing the pumping effort of the turbocharger. The
wastegate is closed in the start position. The Charge Pressure
Actuator - V465- is activated by the PWM signal, and the Charge
Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - G581- provides position
feedback.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.

306 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Observe all safety precautions:

⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 307 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 307 .
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- /
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - – NO:
G581- harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 307 .
voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Charge Pressure Actuator -
V465- / Charge Pressure Actuator Position
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- / Sensor - G581- . Refer to appropriate repair
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - manual.
G581- harness connector terminal 2 to the En‐
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 308 .
T105 / 88 for resistance.
– NO:
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- / ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - component.
G581- harness connector terminal 5 to the En‐
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
T105 / 41 for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- /
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
G581- harness connector terminal 6 to the En‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 308 .
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 89 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– Were Values obtained?
4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 308 .
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- / – NO:
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor - ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
G581- harness connector terminal 1 to the En‐ component.
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 61 for resistance. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• CHECK: Charge Pressure Actuator - V465- / sion, loose or broken terminals.
Charge Pressure Actuator Position Sensor -
G581- harness connector terminal 3 to the En‐ ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 308 .
T105 / 20 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 307

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.10 Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- ,

Checking
General Description
The rotary coolant valve (RCV) module combines several ele‐
ments (thermostat, valves, coolant pump, etc.) into one compo‐
nent. Two mechanically connected RCVs are part of the module.
The position of RCV 1 controls the coolant flow through the engine
oil cooler, the cylinder head and the main radiator. RCV 2 controls
the coolant flow through the cylinder block. The engine tempera‐
ture can be adjusted to an optimum value with regard to engine
speed and load. In addition, the engine heat-up to optimum op‐
erating temperature is accelerated by the fact that the coolant
circulation can be minimized. A position sensor detects the posi‐
tion of RCV 1. The monitor detects a stuck RCV. An emergency
thermostat opens the main cooling circuit if the engine tempera‐
ture is too high.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Gear Shift Lever
position is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.

308 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Observe all safety precautions:

⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 309 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 309 .
• DISCONNECT: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve
- N489- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve -
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- N489- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
component connector terminals 4 to 5 for re‐
sistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 310 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2,250 Ω (+/- 750 @ ap‐
prox. 20° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 309 .
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489-
harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 310 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489-
may fail under loaded operation; please swap
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- a known good Cylinder Head Coolant Valve -
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine N489- prior to continuing to the next step.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 80 for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 310 .
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- – NO:
harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Control Module - J623- harness connector component.
T105 / 86 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine sion, loose or broken terminals.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 87 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 310 .
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 309

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 310 .
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- – NO:
harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Control Module - J623- harness connector component.
T105 / 78 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine sion, loose or broken terminals.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 26 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489- ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 310 .
harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 86 for resistance.
• CHECK: Cylinder Head Coolant Valve - N489-
harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 87 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Were Values obtained?
6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor -

G62- , Checking
General Description
The Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- sends informa‐
tion about the current coolant temperature to the Engine Control
Module - J623- . It uses the coolant temperature as a correction
value for calculating the injection quantity.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.

310 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Gear Shift Lever
position is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 311 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 311 .
• DISCONNECT: Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor - G62- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Coolant Temperature Sen‐
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor sor - G62- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
- G62- component connector terminals 1 to 2
for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 312 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2,250 Ω (+/- 750 @ ap‐
prox. 20° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
- G62- may fail under loaded operation; please
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor swap a known good Engine Coolant Temper‐
- G62- harness connector terminal 1 to the En‐ ature Sensor - G62- prior to continuing to the
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector next step.
T105 / 47 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 312 .
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
- G62- harness connector terminal 2 to the En‐ – NO:
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
T105 / 40 for resistance. component.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Were Values obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 312 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 311

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.12 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

On Radiator Outlet - G83- , Checking
General Description
The Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator Outlet -
G83- sends information about the current coolant temperature to
the Engine Control Module - J623- . It uses the coolant tempera‐
ture as a correction value for calculating the injection quantity.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Gear Shift Lever
position is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

312 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 313 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 313 .
• DISCONNECT: Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor On Radiator Outlet - G83- harness con‐ – NO:
nector. ♦ REPLACE: Engine Coolant Temperature Sen‐
sor On Radiator Outlet - G83- . Refer to appro‐
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor priate repair manual.
On Radiator Outlet - G83- component connec‐
tor terminals 1 to 2 for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 314 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2,250 Ω (+/- 750 @ ap‐
prox. 20° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
On Radiator Outlet - G83- may fail under loa‐
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ded operation; please swap a known good En‐
On Radiator Outlet - G83- harness connector gine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator
terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module - J623- Outlet - G83- prior to continuing to the next
harness connector T91 / 29 for resistance. step.
• CHECK: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 314 .
On Radiator Outlet - G83- harness connector
terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module - J623- – NO:
harness connector T91 / 49 for resistance. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
– Were Values obtained? short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 314 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 313

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.13 Engine Speed Sensor - G28- , Checking

General Description
The Engine Speed Sensor - G28- detects rpm and reference
marks from a toothed wheel on the crankshaft. Without an engine
speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal
fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

314 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers concern. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 315 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ CONDITION: May be intermittent.
• CONNECT: Scan Tool.
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• START or CRANK: Engine. component.
• CHECK: Engine rpm. ♦ CHECK: Harness for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Cranking or Idle rpm. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Was Value obtained?
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 316 .
– NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 315 .

3 • DISCONNECT: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- – YES:

harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 315 .
• IGNITION: ON. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 316 .
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- harness
connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REMOVE: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- . Re‐
fer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- harness
connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control ♦ CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- wheel
Module - J623- harness connector T105 / 70 for proper seating, damage and/or run - out.
for resistance. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ Sensor wheel OK
– Was Value obtained? ♦ REPLACE: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- . Re‐
fer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 316 .
– NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 315

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 316 .
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- harness – NO:
connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Module - J623- harness connector T105 / 35 component.
for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- harness short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control sion, loose or broken terminals.
Module - J623- harness connector T105 / 77
for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 316 .
– Were Values obtained?
6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.14 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1

- N80- , Checking
General Description
EVAP system is designed so that the admission of fuel vapors
takes place only at idle and at light part-throttle. The EVAP Can‐
ister Purge Regulator Valve 1 - N80- is activated by the Engine
Control Module - J623- to accomplish this task.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.

316 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.

• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 317 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 317 .
• DISCONNECT: EVAP Canister Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1 - N80- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: EVAP Canister Purge Regulator
• CHECK: EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1 - N80- . Refer to appropriate repair
Valve 1 - N80- component connector terminals manual.
1 to 2 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 318 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 9 – 14 Ω (@ approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 317 .
• CHECK: EVAP Canister Purge Regulator
Valve 1 - N80- harness connector terminal 1 to – NO:
ground for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 318 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The EVAP Canister Purge Regulator
Valve 1 - N80- may fail under loaded operation;
• CHECK: EVAP Canister Purge Regulator please swap a known good EVAP Canister
Valve 1 - N80- harness connector terminal 2 to Purge Regulator Valve 1 - N80- prior to con‐
the Engine Control Module - J623- harness tinuing to the next step.
connector T105 / 3 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 318 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– NO:
– Was Value obtained? ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 318 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 317

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.15 Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -

N318- , Checking
General Description
The camshaft’s task is to operate the valves at the right time and
in the right order to control the charge cycle. Camshaft adjustment
using the Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N318- varies
the opening times of the valves to suit all operating conditions.
This ensures ideal charge cycles within a wide range of engine
speeds and loads. Fuel consumption and pollutant emissions are
reduced, torque and smoothness increased. In engines with a
double overhead camshaft the size and positioning of the valve
opening overlap can be influenced, enhancing characteristics in
full-load and part-load operation. In continuous camshaft adjust‐
ment, the adjustment is infinitely variable within specific parame‐
ters.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.

318 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Observe all safety precautions:

⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 319 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 319 .
• DISCONNECT: Exhaust Camshaft Adjust‐
ment Valve 1 - N318- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment
• CHECK: Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve Valve 1 - N318- . Refer to appropriate repair
1 - N318- component connector terminals 1 to manual.
2 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 320 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 12 to 20 Ω (at approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 319 .
• CHECK: Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve
1 - N318- harness connector terminal 1 to – NO:
ground for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 320 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve
1 - N318- may fail under loaded operation;
• CHECK: Exhaust Camshaft Adjustment Valve please swap a known good Exhaust Camshaft
1 - N318- harness connector terminal 2 to the Adjustment Valve 1 - N318- prior to continuing
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ to the next step.
nector T105 / 104 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 320 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– NO:
– Was Value obtained? ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 320 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 319

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.16 Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- / Fuel Pump

Control Module - J538- , Checking
General Description
The Engine Control Module - J623- tells the Fuel Pump Control
Module - J538- the demand needed for fuel volume and pressure
and activates the Transfer Fuel Pump - G6- . The Transfer Fuel
Pump - G6- transfers fuel to the rest of the fuel system, where it
is monitor by the Engine Control Module - J623- through sensors,
and controlled through regulators and/or metering valves.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

320 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure

Note

When the door is opened or the Ignition is turned to the ON po‐

sition the fuel pump may be activated for 2 seconds to build up
the pressure in the fuel system.

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 321 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
♦ NO:
– Was Complaint verified?
♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:

♦ Condition may be intermittent.
• LISTEN: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- should be
heard running for 2 s. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Transfer Fuel Pump ON short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
for 2 s. sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .
♦ NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 321 .

3 • DISCONNECT: Fuel Pump Control Module. - – YES:

J538- harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 321 .
• IGNITION: ON. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Fuel Pump Control Module - J538- ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
harness connector terminal 5 to ground for component.
voltage.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Fuel Pump Control Module - J538- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 4 to battery posi‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
tive for voltage.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage.
– Were Values obtained?
4 • RECONNECT: Fuel Pump Control Module - – YES:
J538- harness connector. ♦ REPLACE: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- , Refer to
appropriate repair manual.
• DISCONNECT: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- har‐
ness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .
• CRANK: Engine. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- harness ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 322 .
connector terminals 2 to 4 for voltage while en‐
gine is cranking.
• IGNITION: OFF.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 7 – 11 V.
– Was Value obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 321

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • DISCONNECT: Fuel Pump Control Module - – YES:
J538- harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 322 .
• CHECK: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- harness ♦ NO:
connector terminal 2 to Fuel Pump Control
Module - J538- harness connector 2 for resist‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
ance. component.

• CHECK: Fuel Delivery Unit - GX1- harness ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
connector terminal 4 to Fuel Pump Control short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
Module - J538- harness connector 4 for resist‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
ance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω ( ± 0.3 Ω ). ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .
– Were Values obtained?
6 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Fuel Pump Control Module -
J538- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Fuel Pump Control Module - J538-
harness connector terminal 6 to Engine Con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .
trol Module - J623- harness connector terminal
T91 / 9 for resistance. ♦ NO:

• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω ( ± 0.3 Ω ). ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and

component.
– Was Value obtained?
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 322 .

7 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.17 Fuel Injector , Checking

Includes:
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30-

322 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector - N31-

Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector - N32-
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector - N33-
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector 2 - N532-
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector 2 - N533-
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector 2 - N534-
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector 2 - N535-

General Description
The Fuel Injectors are controlled by the Engine Control Module -
J623- and are mounted normally in the cylinder head. The fuel
injectors spray high-pressure atomized fuel directly into the com‐
bustion chamber.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
♦ LED Test Lamp.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 323 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 324 .
• DISCONNECT: Harness connector from sus‐
pect Fuel Injector . – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Suspect Fuel Injector (s). Refer to
• CHECK: Suspect Fuel Injector component appropriate repair manual.
connector terminals 1 to 2 for resistance (refer
to the wiring diagram for proper terminal loca‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 324 .
tions).
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 – 15 Ω (@ approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 323

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Fuel Injector may fail under loaded
operation; please swap a known good Fuel In‐
• CHECK: Suspect Fuel Injector harness con‐ jector prior to continuing to the next step.
nector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module
- J623- harness connector (refer to the wiring ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 324 .
diagram for proper terminal locations).
– NO:
• CHECK: Suspect Fuel Injector harness con‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
nector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module component.
- J623- harness connector (refer to the wiring
diagram for proper terminal locations). ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Were Values obtained? ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 324 .

4 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.18 Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- ,

Checking
General Description
The Engine Control Module - J623- regulates Fuel Pressure Reg‐
ulator Valve - N276- directly at the High Pressure Fuel Pump to
control the low pressure valve inside the High Pressure Fuel
Pump.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.

324 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Battery voltage OK.

• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 325 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 325 .
• DISCONNECT: Fuel Pressure Regulator
Valve - N276- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
N276- component connector terminals 1 to 2
for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 326 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 1.5 to 11 Ω ( +/- 0.5 Ω at
approx. 20° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -
N276- may fail under loaded operation; please
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - swap a known good Fuel Pressure Regulator
N276- harness connector terminal 1 to the En‐ Valve - N276- prior to continuing to the next
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector step.
T105 / 93 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 326 .
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -
N276- harness connector terminal 2 to the En‐ – NO:
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
T105 / 92 for resistance. component.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 326 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 325

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.19 Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- , Check‐

ing
General Description
The Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- measures the fuel pressure in
the high-pressure fuel system. The Engine Control Module - J623-
analyzes the signal and regulates the fuel high pressure through
the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- in the high-pressure
pump.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

326 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 327 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 327 .
• DISCONNECT: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247-
harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 327 .
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- har‐
ness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- har‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 328 .
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
49 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). component.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 328 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 328 .
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- har‐ – NO:
ness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 / component.
11 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- har‐ short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
ness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Con‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
68 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 328 .
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 327

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.20 Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control Mod‐

ule - J909 - , Checking
General Description
The system can test the evaporative system integrity by using
natural vacuum after the engine is shut off. The Engine Control
Module - J623- monitors the ability of the system to maintain vac‐
uum through signals sent from the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor -
G400- and the Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control Module - J909- .
If the vacuum remains for a specified period of time, then there
are no evaporative leaks, and a PASS is reported by the Engine
Control Module - J623- . If there is a leak, the system either will
not achieve a vacuum, or a vacuum cannot be maintained. Usu‐
ally a fault can only be detected after a cold start.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
♦ Hand Vacuum pump.
♦ Evap Smoke Tester.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.

328 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Observe all safety precautions:

⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 329 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 329 .
• REMOVE: Evaporative Canister. Refer to ap‐
propriate repair manual. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control
• Plug or Cap off the Fuel Tank Leak Detection Module - J909 - . Refer to appropriate repair
Control Module - J909 - hose going to the vent manual.
filter.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 330 .
• CONNECT: Hand vacuum pump to the Fuel
Tank Leak Detection Control Module - J909 -
and apply 0.700 bar and see if the vacuum
holds.
– Did the vacuum hold?
3 • DISCONNECT: Fuel Tank Leak Detection – YES:
Control Module - J909 - harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 329 .
• IGNITION: ON. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control component.
Module - J909 - harness connector terminal 4
to ground for voltage. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• IGNITION: OFF. sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 330 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control
Module - J909 - may fail under loaded opera‐
• DISCONNECT: Fuel Tank Leak Detection tion; please swap a known good Fuel Tank
Control Module - J909 - . Refer to appropriate Leak Detection Control Module - J909 - prior to
repair manual. continuing to the next step.
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 330 .
Module - J909 - harness connector terminal 2
to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness – NO:
connector T91 / 38 for resistance. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control
Module - J909 - harness connector terminal 3 ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
connector T91 / 90 for resistance. sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Were Values obtained? ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 330 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 329

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.21 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400- ,

Checking
General Description
The evaporative system integrity can be tested by applying a
vacuum signal to the fuel tank in order to create a small vacuum.
The Engine Control Module - J623- then monitors the ability of
the system to maintain the vacuum through signals sent from the
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400- . If the vacuum remains for
a specified period of time, then there are no evaporative leaks
detected, and a PASS is reported by the Engine Control Module
- J623- . If there is a leak, the system either will not achieve a
vacuum, nor maintain the vacuum.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .

330 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• View clean working conditions:

⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 331 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • DISCONNECT: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - – YES:

G400- harness connector ♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 331 .
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400- – NO:
component connector terminals 1 to 3 for re‐ ♦ REPLACE: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor -
sistance. G400- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 18 – 30 Ω (± 5.0 Ω @ ap‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 331 .
prox. 20° C)
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Fuel Tank Leak Detection Control – YES:
Module - J909- . Refer to appropriate repair ♦ TIP: The Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400-
manual. may fail under loaded operation; please swap
a known good Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor -
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400- G400- prior to continuing to the next step.
harness connector terminal 1 to Fuel Tank
Leak Detection Control Module - J909- har‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 331 .
ness connector terminal 1 for resistance.
– NO:
• CHECK: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - G400- ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
harness connector terminal 3 to Fuel Tank component.
Leak Detection Control Module - J909- har‐
ness connector terminal 5 for resistance. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Were Values obtained? ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 331 .

4 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 331

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

3.6.22 Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage ,

Checking
Includes:
Ignition Coil 1 With Power Output Stage - N70-
Ignition Coil 2 With Power Output Stage - N127-
Ignition Coil 3 With Power Output Stage - N291-
Ignition Coil 4 With Power Output Stage - N292-

General Description
The ignition coil must transform the relatively low 12 V on-board
vehicle voltage to the high ignition voltage required and supply
the energy stored in that voltage to the spark plug. The functional
principle of the ignition coil is relatively simple. It has a primary
winding (small number of turns) and a secondary winding (lots of
turns). The turn ratio between the number of primary and secon‐
dary winding turns determines the level of the voltage generated
at the output. Ignition Coils With Power Output Stage are plugged
directly into the spark plug. This means that the ignition energy
can be transferred directly to the spark plug with virtually zero
power loss.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
♦ LED Test Lamp.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 333 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

332 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 333 .
• DISCONNECT: Suspect Ignition Coil With
Power Output Stage harness connector. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• IGNITION: ON. component.
• CHECK: Suspect Ignition Coil With Power Out‐ ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
put Stage harness connector terminal 4 to 1 short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
and 3 for voltage. sion, loose or broken terminals.
• IGNITION: OFF. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 334 .
– Were Values obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 333 .
• CHECK: Suspect Ignition Coil With Power Out‐ – NO:
put Stage harness connector terminal 2 to the ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ component.
nector for resistance. Refer to appropriate wir‐
ing diagram for proper terminal locations. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 334 .

4 • DISCONNECT: All of the Fuel Injectors . Refer – YES:

to appropriate wiring diagram. ♦ REPLACE: Ignition Coil With Power Output
Stage . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• DISCONNECT: Cold Start Injector (If applica‐
ble). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 334 .
• CONNECT: Engine Control Module - J623- – NO:
harness connector. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 334 .
• CONNECT: LED Test Lamp to Suspect Igni‐
tion Coil With Power Output Stage harness
connector terminal 2 to 4.
• CRANK: Engine.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: LED Test Lamp should
Flicker ON & OFF.
– Was Value obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 333

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.23 Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve -

N316- , Checking
General Description
The intake manifold runner valve(s) are mounted on a common
shaft and actuated by a vacuum cell. The partial vacuum required
for actuation is supplied by the Intake Manifold Runner Control
Valve - N316- . The Engine Control Module - J623- activates the
Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve - N316- on the basis of a
characteristic map.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

334 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 335 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 335 .
• DISCONNECT: Intake Manifold Runner Con‐
trol Valve - N316- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Intake Manifold Runner Control
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve Valve - N316- . Refer to appropriate repair
- N316- component connector terminals 1 to 2 manual.
for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 336 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 12 – 20 Ω (@ approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 335 .
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve
- N316- harness connector terminal 1 to – NO:
ground for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 336 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve
- N316- may fail under loaded operation;
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve please swap a known good Intake Manifold
- N316- harness connector terminal 2 to the Runner Control Valve - N316- prior to continu‐
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ ing to the next step.
nector T105 / 53 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 336 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– NO:
– Was Value obtained? ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 336 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 335

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.24 Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor

- G336- , Checking
General Description
The Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor - G336- monitors the
position of the intake manifold runner flaps. These flaps can be
adjusted open or closed to provide longer or shorter intake run‐
ners depending on ambient conditions to increase engine effi‐
ciency.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

336 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 337 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 337 .
• DISCONNECT: Intake Manifold Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor - G336- harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 337 .
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐
sor - G336- harness connector terminals 1 to 3
for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Intake Manifold Runner Position
Sensor - G336- . Refer to appropriate repair
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ manual.
sor - G336- harness connector terminal 2 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 338 .
nector T105 / 36 for resistance.
– NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
– Was Value obtained?
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 338 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 338 .
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ – NO:
sor - G336- harness connector terminal 1 to the ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ component.
nector T105 / 48 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sor - G336- harness connector terminal 3 to the sion, loose or broken terminals.
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐
nector T105 / 27 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.

• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 338 .

– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 337

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.25 Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- , Check‐

ing
General Description
Air mass and charge pressure are two factors used for engine
load management. For this purpose, there are several sensors
with absolutely identical functions. They measure the intake air
temperature and the intake manifold pressure. The first sender
unit is located upstream of the Throttle Valve Control Module -
J338- in the Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- . They measure the
pressure and temperature of the air in each individual cylinder
bank. The values measured here correspond to the actual air
mass in the cylinder bank(s).
The Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- contains the following com‐
ponents:
♦ – Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42- .
♦ – Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor - G71- .
The Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- components cannot be serv‐
iced separately, it must be serviced as a unit.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.

338 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐

sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 339 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 339 .
• DISCONNECT: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9-
harness connector. – NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 339 .
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- har‐
ness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- har‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 340 .
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
51 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- har‐ component.
ness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 / ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
52 for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
– Were Values obtained?
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 340 .

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:

Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 340 .
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- har‐ – NO:
ness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Con‐ ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 / component.
33 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Sensor - GX9- har‐ short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
ness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Con‐ sion, loose or broken terminals.
trol Module - J623- harness connector T105 /
42 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 340 .
– Were Values obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 339

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.26 Knock Sensor 1 - G61- , Checking

General Description
The Knock Sensor 1 - G61- is a tuned accelerometer on the en‐
gine which converts engine vibration to an electrical signal. The
Engine Control Module - J623- uses this signal to determine the
presence of engine knock and to retard spark timing.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

340 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 341 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 341 .
• DISCONNECT: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- har‐
ness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- . Refer to
• CHECK: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- component appropriate repair manual.
connector terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 341 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2,200 – 2,800 Ω (+/- 500
Ω).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Knock Sensor 1 - G61- may fail under
loaded operation; please swap a known good
• CHECK: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- harness con‐ Knock Sensor 1 - G61- prior to continuing to
nector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module the next step.
- J623- harness connector T105 / 98 for resist‐
ance. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 341 .
• CHECK: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- harness con‐ – NO:
nector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
- J623- harness connector T105/ 97 for resist‐ component.
ance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Were Values obtained?
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 341 .

4 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 341

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

3.6.27 Motronic Engine Control Module Power

Supply Relay - J271- , Checking
General Description
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Motronic Engine
Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271- and the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- power supply voltage that is provided by the
Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 342 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 343 .
• DISCONNECT: Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule Power Supply Relay - J271- . Refer to – NO:
appropriate repair manual. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: ON.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Motronic Engine Control Module short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
Power Supply Relay - J271- socket terminals sion, loose or broken terminals.
1 / 86 and 3 / 30 to ground for voltage.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 344 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage.
– Was Value obtained?

342 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 343 .
• CONNECT: Jumper wire Motronic Engine – NO:
Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271- ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 343 .
socket terminals 3 / 30 and 5 / 87.
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
ness connector T91 / 3, T91 / 5, and T91 / 6 to
ground for voltage.
• IGNITION: OFF.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage.
– Were Values obtained?
4 • REMOVE: Jumper wire Motronic Engine Con‐ – YES:
trol Module Power Supply Relay - J271- socket ♦ REPLACE: Motronic Engine Control Module
terminals 3 / 30 and 5 / 87. Power Supply Relay - J271- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
• CHECK: Motronic Engine Control Module
Power Supply Relay - J271- socket terminal 2 / ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 344 .
85 to the Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
ness connector T91 / 7 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). component.
– Was Value obtained? ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 344 .

5 • REMOVE: Jumper wire Motronic Engine Con‐ – YES:

trol Module Power Supply Relay - J271- socket ♦ REPLACE: Fuse panel. Refer to appropriate
terminals 3 / 30 and 5 / 87. repair manual.
• REMOVE: Appropriate fuse. Refer to the wir‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 344 .
ing diagram for correct fuse.
– NO:
• CHECK: Downstream (output) side of fuse to ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Engine Control Module - J623- harness con‐ component.
nector T91 / 3, T91 / 5, and T91 / 6 for resist‐
ance. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). sion, loose or broken terminals.
– Were Values obtained? ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 344 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 343

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.28 Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Con‐

verter - GX10- , Checking
General Description
The Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- does
not actually measure oxygen concentration, but rather the differ‐
ence between the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas and the
amount of oxygen in air. Rich mixture causes an oxygen demand.
This demand causes a voltage to build up, due to transportation
of oxygen ions through the Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- layer. Lean mixture causes low voltage, since
there is an oxygen excess. The Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- and catalytic converters are used in order to
reduce exhaust emissions. Information on oxygen concentration
is sent to Engine Control Module - J623- , which adjusts the
amount of fuel injected into the engine to compensate for excess
air or excess fuel. The Engine Control Module - J623- attempts
to maintain, on average, a certain air–fuel ratio by interpreting the
information it gains from the Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- . The primary goal is a compromise between
power, fuel economy, and emissions. The heater for Oxygen
Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- is designed to min‐
imize the time-to-readiness for closed-loop operation by heating
the Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- as
quickly as possible.
Note the Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- is
also referred to as the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- .
The Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- con‐
tains the following components:
♦ Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19-
♦ Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-

344 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

The Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- com‐

ponents cannot be serviced separately, and must be serviced as
a unit.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to Oxygen Sensor ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 345 .
Preliminary Tests in
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 . – NO:
♦ GATHER more information from customer
– Was Complaint verified? about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 345 .
• DISCONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Cat‐
alytic Converter - GX10- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic Converter - GX10- . Refer to appropriate repair
Converter - GX10- component connector ter‐ manual.
minals 3 to 4 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 347 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2 – 4 Ω ( @ 25° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 346 .
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- harness connector terminal – NO:
4 to ground for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 347 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 345

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • RECONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Cat‐ – YES:
alytic Converter - GX10- harness connector. ♦ FAULT: Is intermittent.
• CONNECT: Scan Tool. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• START: Engine and let Idle.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• Perform the function test located in diagnostic short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
mode 06. Refer to appropriate Diagnostic sion, loose or broken terminals.
Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Di‐
agnostic Functions, ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
⇒ “3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A”, page 16 .
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 347 .
• IGNITION: OFF.
– NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Mode 6 Pass. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 346 .
– Were Values obtained?
5 • DISCONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Cat‐ – YES:
alytic Converter - GX10- harness connector. ♦ REPLACE: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- . Refer to appropriate repair
• REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . manual.
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 347 .
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- harness connector terminal – NO:
1 to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
connector T91 / 43 for resistance. component.
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
Converter - GX10- harness connector terminal short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
2 to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness sion, loose or broken terminals.
connector T91 / 44 for resistance.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- harness connector terminal ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 347 .
3 to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness
connector T91 / 74 for resistance.
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 Before Catalytic
Converter - GX10- harness connector terminal
5 to the Engine Control Module - J623- harness
connector T91 / 41 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω ( ± 0.3 Ω).
– Were Values obtained?

346 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.29 Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐

verter - GX7- , Checking
General Description
The Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - GX7- down‐
stream of the primary catalytic converter supplies the Engine
Control Module - J623- with a voltage signal (nonlinear) indicating
“rich” or “lean. If the primary catalytic converter is supersaturated
with oxygen (lean mixture), Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐
verter - GX7- will send the Engine Control Module - J623- a
nonlinear signal indicating the lean mixture condition. The mixture
is then enriched with fuel until the oxygen has been “displaced”
from the catalytic converter. This condition, in turn, is registered
by Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - GX7- as a non‐
linear signal indicating the rich mixture condition. The mixture is
then leaned out by the Engine Control Module - J623- . If the
nonlinear signal is received again, the mixture will again be en‐
riched. The frequency, or period, during which the mixture is
enriched or leaned out is variable, being dependent on the gas
flow rate (engine load) at that moment.
Note the Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - GX7- is also
referred to as the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter - G130- .
The Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - GX7- contains
the following components:
♦ Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter - G130-
♦ Heater For Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - Z29-
The Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - GX7- compo‐
nents cannot be serviced separately, it must be serviced as a unit.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 347

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to Oxygen Sensor ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 348 .
Preliminary Tests in
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 . – NO:
♦ GATHER more information from customer
– Was Complaint verified? about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 348 .
• DISCONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Cata‐
lytic Converter - GX7- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐ Converter - GX7- . Refer to appropriate repair
verter - GX7- component connector terminals manual.
1 to 2 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 349 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 2 – 4 Ω ( @ 25° C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 349 .
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐
verter - GX7- harness connector terminal 1 to – NO:
ground for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 349 .

348 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • RECONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Cata‐ – YES:
lytic Converter - GX7- harness connector. ♦ FAULT: Is intermittent.
• CONNECT: Scan Tool. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• START: Engine and let Idle.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• Perform the function test located in diagnostic short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
mode 06. Refer to appropriate Diagnostic sion, loose or broken terminals.
Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Di‐
agnostic Functions, ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
⇒ “3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A”, page 16 .
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 349 .
• IGNITION: OFF.
– NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Mode 6 Pass. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 349 .
– Were Values obtained?
5 • DISCONNECT: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Cata‐ – YES:
lytic Converter - GX7- harness connector. ♦ REPLACE: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic
Converter - GX7- . Refer to appropriate repair
• REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . manual.
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 349 .
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐
verter - GX7- harness connector terminal 2 to – NO:
the Engine Control Module - J623- harness ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
connector T91 / 11 for resistance. component.
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐ ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
verter - GX7- harness connector terminal 3 to short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
the Engine Control Module - J623- harness sion, loose or broken terminals.
connector T91 / 26 for resistance.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• CHECK: Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐
verter - GX7- harness connector terminal 4 to ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 349 .
the Engine Control Module - J623- harness
connector T91 / 25 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω ( ± 0.3 Ω ).
– Were Values obtained?
6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 349

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

3.6.30 Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC),

Checking
General Description
A catalytic converter is a vehicle emissions control device that
converts toxic pollutants in exhaust gas to less toxic pollutants by
catalyzing a redox reaction (oxidation or reduction). Catalytic con‐
verters are used in internal combustion engines.
General recommendations
Oxygen sensors OK.
No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the con‐
dition. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Function test
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 Activate Monitors: ♦ Check the exhaust system for leaks.
• Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode
06. Refer to ♦ If necessary, repair the leak(s) in the exhaust
⇒ “3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A”, page 16 . system.

• End diagnosis and switch the ignition off. ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 350 .

• If the specified values are exceeded:

2 O2 Sensor Monitoring: ♦ Generate readiness code. Refer to

• Erase the DTC memory. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 . ♦ If no leaks are found in the exhaust system:

• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Replace the catalytic converter with front ex‐
haust pipe. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• If the DTC does not return:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 351 .

350 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

3 • Final procedure: • After the repair work, the following work steps
must be performed in the following sequence:
• Perform a road test to verify repair.
• Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
Memory ”, page 20 .
• If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
• If the DTC memory was erased, generate read‐
iness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
• Return vehicle to Customer.

3.6.31 Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3- ,

Checking
General Description
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor identified as
EPC Throttle Drive - G186- located within the Throttle Valve Con‐
trol Module - GX3- . It is controlled by the Engine Control Module
- J623- with primary inputs from the Accelerator Pedal Module -
GX2- as well as other peripheral inputs from EPC Throttle Drive
Angle Sensor 1 - G187- and EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2
- G188- .

The Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3 / J338- contains the

following components:
♦ EPC Throttle Drive - G186-
♦ EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 - G187-
♦ EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 - G188-
The Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3 / J338- components
cannot be serviced separately, and must be serviced as a unit.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 351

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 352 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint Verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. – YES:

♦ CONDITION: May be intermittent.
• IGNITION: ON.
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Throttle valve position closed: component.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 3 – 25%. ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• DEPRESS: Accelerator pedal slowly to WOT short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
while observing the percentage display. The sion, loose or broken terminals.
percentage display must increase uniformly. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• CHECK: Throttle valve position at WOT: ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 353 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 84 – 97%. – NO:
• IGNITION: OFF. ♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 352 .

– Was Value obtained?

3 • REMOVE: Throttle Valve Control Module - – YES:
GX3- far enough so that the harness connector ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 353 .
terminals are accessible.
– NO:
• DISCONNECT: Throttle Valve Control Module ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 352 .
- GX3- harness connector.
• IGNITION: ON.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3-
harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V.
• IGNITION: OFF.
– Were Values obtained?
4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 353 .
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3- – NO:
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
Control Module - J623- harness connector component.
T105 / 54 for resistance.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3- short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
harness connector terminal 6 to the Engine sion, loose or broken terminals.
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 56 for resistance. ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω). ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 353 .
– Were Values obtained?

352 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Throttle Valve Control Module -
GX3- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3-
harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 353 .
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 34 for resistance. – NO:
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3- component.
harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
T105 / 91 for resistance. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3-
harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine ♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
Control Module - J623- harness connector ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 353 .
T105 / 55 for resistance.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - GX3-
harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- harness connector
T105 / 90 for resistance.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– Were Values obtained?
6 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.32 Turbocharger Recirculation Valve -

N249- , Checking
General Description
A Turbocharger Recirculation Valve - N249- keeps a portion of air
running through the intake side of the turbocharger when the
throttle valve is closed and boost pressure is still present. This
keeps the turbocharger impeller from slowing down, reducing tur‐
bo lag when the throttle is applied again.
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Diagnosis and Testing 353

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 354 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • IGNITION: OFF. – YES:

♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 354 .
• DISCONNECT: Turbocharger Recirculation
Valve - N249- harness connector. – NO:
♦ REPLACE: Turbocharger Recirculation Valve
• CHECK: Turbocharger Recirculation Valve - - N249- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
N249- component connector terminals 1 to 2
for resistance. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 355 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 12 to 20 Ω (at approx. 20°
C).
– Was Value obtained?
3 • IGNITION: ON. – YES:
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 355 .
• CHECK: Turbocharger Recirculation Valve -
N249- harness connector terminal 1 to ground – NO:
for voltage. ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
• IGNITION: OFF.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Battery voltage. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 .

354 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ TIP: The Turbocharger Recirculation Valve -
N249- may fail under loaded operation; please
• CHECK: Turbocharger Recirculation Valve - swap a known good Turbocharger Recircula‐
N249- harness connector terminal 2 to the En‐ tion Valve - N249- prior to continuing to the
gine Control Module - J623- harness connector next step.
T105 / 66 for resistance.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 355 .
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω).
– NO:
– Was Value obtained? ♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 355 .

5 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ CHECK: Engine Control Module - J623- har‐
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ness connector for any damaged, pushed-out
– Does the original DTC return? pins.
♦ REPAIR: As necessary.
♦ If all electrical connections are OK:
♦ REPLACE: Engine Control Module - J623- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ Clear the DTC’s. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC
Memory ”, page 21 .
♦ Repair is complete. Generate Readiness
Code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.
– NO:
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for any
DTC’s.
♦ If no DTC’s return the repair is complete.
♦ Return vehicle to customer.

3.6.33 Vehicle Speed Signal, Checking

General Description
The Vehicle Speed Signal or VSS measures Transmission /
Transaxle output or Wheel Speed from the ABS System. The sig‐
nal is broadcasted over the CAN Bus. The Engine Control Module
- J623- uses this information to modify engine functions such as
ignition timing, A/F ratio, transmission shift points, and to initiate
diagnostic routines.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring Diagram.
♦ Scan Tool.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 355

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK.
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2 .
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 3 .
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers complaint. Refer to ♦ GO TO: Step 2 ⇒ page 356 .
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check ”, page 13 .
– NO:
– Was Complaint verified? ♦ GATHER more information from customer
about the complaint.

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. – YES:

♦ CONDITION: May be intermittent.
• ROAD TEST: Vehicle.
♦ PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
• CHECK: Scan Tool to Speedometer for accu‐ component.
racy.
♦ CHECK: Wiring for open, high resistance,
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Difference ≤ 10%. short or harness connector for damage, corro‐
– Was Value obtained? sion, loose or broken terminals.
♦ REPAIR: Faulty wiring or connector.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 356 .
– NO:
♦ GO TO: Step 3 ⇒ page 356 .

3 • CHECK: ABS system. – YES:

♦ CHECK: CAN Bus wiring from Instrument
• CHECK: ABS DTC’s. Cluster Control Module - J285- to ABS Control
– Was the ABS system OK? Module - J104- .
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 356 .
– NO:
♦ REPAIR: Any ABS concerns 1st.
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 356 .

4 • Final Procedure – YES:

♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory ”, page 20 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
– NO:
♦ Repair is complete. Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code ”, page 14 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer.

356 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 A4,Q7 2016 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 05.03.2016

DFD 5.03.2016

3. Diagnosis and Testing 357